BI

Unauthorized reproduction or distribution prohibited Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Oracle BI 11g R1: Create
Analyses and Dashboards
Activity Guide
D63510GC50
Edition 5.0 | January 2015 | D89835
Learn more from Oracle University at oracle.com/education/

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Disclaimer
This document contains proprietary information and is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws. You may copy and
print this document solely for your own use in an Oracle training course. The document may not be modified or altered in any way.
Except where your use constitutes "fair use" under copyright law, you may not use, share, download, upload, copy, print, display,
perform, reproduce, publish, license, post, transmit, or distribute this document in whole or in part without the express authorization
of Oracle.
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the document, please
report them in writing to: Oracle University, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, California 94065 USA. This document is not
warranted to be error-free.
Restricted Rights Notice
If this documentation is delivered to the United States Government or anyone using the documentation on behalf of the United
States Government, the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

The U.S. Governments rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or disclose these training materials are restricted
by the terms of the applicable Oracle license agreement and/or the applicable U.S. Government contract.
a
has
Trademark Notice
)
om ide
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective
owners.
c
r o up t Gu
Authors a -g den
Lisa Alexander, Nitika Sharma
f atim is Stu
Technical Contributors and Reviewers an
@ th
k h u s e
Abhinav Agarwal, Foluke Laleye, Brian
a nMacDonald,
t o Sergiy Pecherskyy, Nikki Sanger, Phil
m
al ens
Scott, Kasturi Shekhar, Scott Silbernick e
n ( s l ic
a e
b Oracle Tutor
l
Kh rausing:
This book was published
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Table of Contents
Practices for Lesson 1: Course Introduction ........................................................................................... 1-1
Practices for Lesson 1: Course Introduction ............................................................................................. 1-2
Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition ...................... 2-1
Practices for Lesson 2: Overview............................................................................................................. 2-2
Practice 2-1: Exploring Oracle BI Presentation Services ........................................................................... 2-3

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business........................................................................... 3-1
Practice 3-1: Creating and Formatting Analyses ....................................................................................... 3-3
Practice 3-2: Controlling the Display of Columns Added to Analyses......................................................... 3-23
Practices for Lesson 4: Filtering Data in Analyses .................................................................................. 4-1
Practice 4-1: Adding Filters to Analyses ................................................................................................... 4-3
Practice 4-2: Adding an Inline Prompt to an Analysis ................................................................................ 4-8
Practice 4-3: Using a Saved Analysis as a Filter ....................................................................................... 4-13 s a
)h a
Practice 4-4: Editing SQL for a Column Filter ........................................................................................... 4-15
c m
o ide 5-1
p
Practices for Lesson 5: Selecting and Grouping Data for Analyses........................................................
u t Gu 5-2
Practices for Lesson 5: Overview.............................................................................................................
r o
Practice 5-1: Using Selections, Groups, and Calculated Items to Manage Analysis
a -g Results d e n....................... 5-3
t i m Stu
Practice 5-2: Adding Groups and Calculated Items to an Analysis ............................................................
a
5-13
Practice 5-3: Including Selected Members Based on Family Relationships
@ f is................................................ 5-26
5-19
a n t h
k u se
Practice 5-4: Executing a Direct Database Analysis..................................................................................
h.................................................................................
Practices for Lesson 6: Adding Views to Analyses
a n t o 6-1
s n se
almViewse..........................................................................................
n (
Practice 6-1: Modifying and Formatting
l ic 6-3
Practice 6-2: Using the a e
K h ab
Table
l
View .......................................................................................................... 6-22
n 7: Showing
Practices for Lesson
a f e r Results with Pivot Tables.................................................................... 7-1
lmfor Lesson
Practices s
n7:with
Overview............................................................................................................. 7-2
Sa 7-1:
Practice
n - t r a
Working Pivot Tables ................................................................................................... 7-3
n
Practiceo7-2: Displaying Running Sums in Pivot Tables ............................................................................ 7-13
Practices for Lesson 8: Working with Additional Views in Analyses ...................................................... 8-1
Practice 8-1: Using the Trellis View.......................................................................................................... 8-3
Practice 8-2: Adding a Column Selector to an Analysis............................................................................. 8-14
Practice 8-3: Working with Views ............................................................................................................. 8-17
Practice 8-4: Creating Performance Tiles ................................................................................................. 8-28
Practice 8-5: Linking Views Together ....................................................................................................... 8-33
Practices for Lesson 9: Visualizing Data: Gauges and Maps .................................................................. 9-1
Practice 9-1: Showing Results as a Gauge .............................................................................................. 9-3
Practice 9-2: Using Map Views ................................................................................................................ 9-6
Practice 9-3: Setting Up Layers and Background Maps ............................................................................ 9-12
Practices for Lesson 10: Scorecards and Key Performance Indicators .................................................. 10-1
Practices for Lesson 10: Scorecards and Key Performance Indicators ...................................................... 10-2
Practices for Lesson 11: Measuring Results with Scorecards and KPIs ................................................. 11-1
Practices for Lesson 11: Overview ........................................................................................................... 11-2
Oracle BI 11g R1: Create Analyses and Dashboards Table of Contents

i
Practice 11-1: Measuring Results with KPIs ............................................................................................. 11-3
Practice 11-2: Building a Scorecard ......................................................................................................... 11-24
Practices for Lesson 12: Creating Oracle Business Intelligence Dashboards ........................................ 12-1
Practice 12-1: Adding Content and Pages to a Dashboard ....................................................................... 12-3
Practices for Lesson 13: Configuring Oracle Business Intelligence Dashboards................................... 13-1

Practice 13-1: Embedding Content in a Dashboard .................................................................................. 13-3
Practices for Lesson 14: Creating Dashboard Prompts and Variables ................................................... 14-1
Practice 14-1: Overview .......................................................................................................................... 14-3
Practices for Lesson 15: Integrating BI Content with MS Office.............................................................. 15-1
Practice 15-1: Setting Up Smart View ...................................................................................................... 15-3
Practice 15-2: Inserting Views into Smart View Clients ............................................................................. 15-7
s a
Practices for Lesson 16: Working with BI Content in Smart View ........................................................... 16-1
)h
a
co uidem
p
u tG
Practice 16-2: Creating and Publishing Views Using the View Designer .................................................... 16-24

Practice 16-1: Working with Oracle BI Views in Smart View Clients .......................................................... 16-3
g r o n
a -
Practices for Lesson 17: Oracle Business Intelligence Mobile................................................................
d e 17-1
i m
at Business t u
Practices for Lesson 17: Oracle Business Intelligence Mobile ...................................................................
SIntelligence Mobile App 17-2
@ f i s
Practices for Lesson 18: Creating Mobile Applications with
an se t
Oracle h
k h
Designer ....................................................................................................................................................
u
18-1
a n.............................................................................................
t o
Practice 18-1: Creating a Basic Mobile
a l m App
n s e 18-3
Practice 18-2: Designing Apps(s
a n l i ce
with Tile Pages......................................................................................... 18-23
Practices for Lesson 19:
K h UsingaOracle b le Business Intelligence Delivers ................................................... 19-1
a n
Practices for Lesson 19:
f e r ........................................................................................................... 19-2
Overview
lm19-1: Creating
Practice
a a s
n and Delivering an Agent ...................................................................................... 19-3
S t r
- 20: Administering the Presentation Catalog .......................................................... 20-1
nonfor Lesson 20: Overview........................................................................................................... 20-2
Practices for Lesson
Practices
Practice 20-1: Administering Presentation Catalog Objects and Managing Permissions with Users and Roles
.............................................................................................................................................................. 20-3
Practice 20-2: Working with Oracle BI Briefing Books ............................................................................... 20-15
Practice 20-3: Working with Favorites ...................................................................................................... 20-21
Oracle BI 11g R1: Create Analyses and Dashboards Table of Contents

ii
Unauthorized reproduction or distribution prohibited Copyright 2015, Oracl
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
Oracle Middleware Learning Stream g
a- tude
r
p
ou nt G
i m
at Learning S
A New Innovative Continuous a n @ f
t h i s Solution
h e
usin the classroom
Ideal for supplementing whatayou nk learned
t o
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Copyright 2014 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 1

Unauthorized reproduction or distribution prohibited Copyright 2015, Oracl
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
Oracle Middleware Learning Stream g r
p
ou nt G
a- tude
Keep Your Skills Current through f at is S Continuous Learning
i m
h a n@ e th
n k to us
Expert Delivered alm se a
Hundreds of instructional
n (s videos
l i c endelivered by Oracle
subject matter ha able
experts
K
l m an sfer
Sa nAcross
Training - tran Fusion Middleware
no
For professionals of all experience levels interested in
staying up-to-date
Continuously Refreshed Content

Covers product overviews through performance tips for
the broad range of Fusion Middleware products
Request Topics that Interest You
Sample Content Available for Viewing

NOW!
education.oracle.com/streams/middleware
Copyright 2014 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 2

a
) has
c om ide
Practices for r o up t G1:u
Lesson
a -g den
Course
f atimIntroduction
S tu
a n @ 1 this
Chapter
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 1: Course Introduction

Chapter 1 - Page 1
There are no practices for Lesson 1.

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 1 - Page 2
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
a -g den
atim is Sto
Introduction
f tu Oracle
a nBusiness
@ th Intelligence
k h u se
Enterprise Edition
a n t o
( s alm ense Chapter 2
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Chapter 2 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 2: Overview
Practice Overview
In this practice, you explore the Oracle Business Intelligence user interface.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 2 - Page 2
Practice 2-1: Exploring Oracle BI Presentation Services
Goal
In this practice, you gain familiarity with the main elements of the Oracle Business Intelligence
Enterprise Edition user interface.
Scenario
Log in to Oracle BI Presentation Services, navigate to the Home page, and explore the search
capabilities and the Global Header options to become familiar with common Oracle BI tools,
options, objects, and editors.
Time
1015 minutes
Task
s a
After logging in to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition (Oracle BI EE), you see either
a
)h
a personal dashboard or the Home page (depending on how your preferences are set). The
m
Home page is a task-oriented centralized page that combines with the Global Header to provide
co uide
p
access to Oracle BI EE objects and their editors (required by report and dashboard developers).
g r ou nt G
In this practice, you explore the Home page and Global Header to familiarize yourself with the
i m a- tude
multiple approaches for navigating to the areas of Oracle BI EE that support your work.
f a t S
Starting Oracle Business Intelligence Presentation @ h i s
Services
1. Sign in to Oracle BI EE: k h an se t
u
nOracletoBI EE
a. In a browser, enter the URL
l m afor e using the following format:
http://<hostname>:<port s
sa licyouenwith the correct URL.
number>/analytics
Your instructornwill( provide
K hathe aURL
For example, b lemay be:
l m an sfer
http://localhost:7001/analytics
Sb.a On thea n In screen for Oracle BI EE, enter the user ID and password for a user with
tr Sign
-
BInAdministrator privileges, as provided by your instructor. (The default BI administrator
nois the weblogic user and the password is welcome1.)
c. Click Sign In.
The Home page is displayed.

Chapter 2 - Page 3
2. In the left pane of the Home page, notice the Create section, which provides quick access
to editors for many Oracle Business Intelligence object types. When you create an object,
the appropriate editor is launched so that you can quickly begin creating and working with
objects. You learn more about using the Create section to create objects in subsequent
practices.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
Browsing Oracle BI Objects in the Presentation Catalog g r ou nt G
- deBrowse Oracle BI
1. In the Browse/Manage section, click the All Contentim linkaand select
t u
Presentation Catalog. This option (or the Search
t S the Catalog page, which
faoption)isopens
includes tools and panes that enable youato @ h
nexploreethet available Catalog folders. When
k h us to the left of the list of selected
you browse the Catalog, the Folders
folders and objects. a n pane is displayed
t o
2. Browse folders:
( s alm ense
a n e l ic Pane button to hide the Folders pane.
a. Click the Show/Hide
h ab l
Folders
b. ClickntheKShow/Hide r Folders Pane button again to show the Folders pane. You can
lm a
also use n s f e
the collapse pane arrow to hide and show the Folders pane.
Sc.a Innthe
- t r a
Folders pane, expand My Folders.
o
d.n Select the BISAMPLE folder and notice that five analyses are displayed in the Catalog
list on the right.
e. Click My Folders.
f. Click the Refresh button to refresh both the list and the Folders pane.
3. Search the Catalog:
a. Click the Search button to open the Search pane.
b. Expand the Location drop-down list and notice that you can search My Folders,
Shared Folders, or All locations.
c. Expand the Type drop-down list and notice that you can search by any Catalog object
type.

Chapter 2 - Page 4
d. Enter BISAMPLE in the Search field, select All in both the Location and Type drop-down
lists, and click Search to search the Catalog for the Supplier Sales subject area object.
4. Search from the Global Header:

a. In the Global Header, expand the Search drop-down list and notice that you can also
enter search criteria for any object type in the Catalog.
b. In the Global Header, enter BISAMPLE in the Search field, select All in the drop-down
list, and click the Search button to run the same Catalog search. s a
)h a
m
cofilters,uanalyses,
p
5. In the Catalog list, notice that you can sort objects by type (for example,
u ide
- g ro nt G
folders, or dashboards) and you can sort them by object properties.
i m a tude
t
fa is S
a n @
6. View the available tasks for the BISAMPLE folder:
th
a. Toggle to the Folders pane. h e
us in the Catalog list, select the BISAMPLE
b. Select My Folders in the Foldersa nk pane.toThen,
folder.
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Notice the toolbar on the Catalog page.
The toolbar is context sensitive, depending on the object type that you select. Using
the toolbar buttons, you can copy and paste objects in the Catalog and delete
them . Depending on the object type selected, you can also open , edit ,
print , and export .

Chapter 2 - Page 5
d. Click More under the BISAMPLE folder. Notice that there are links that enable you to
perform these and other actions with selected objects.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tand u e
dpermissions,
Some of these additional actions include setting t
a isforSstorage in other partsarchiving,
restoring or renaming objects, and creating fshortcuts
properties
of the
a n @ t h
Presentation Catalog. Any stored object
can be edited or manipulated by k h s e
appearing
u links.
usingtthese
on the Catalog page or Home page
a nbottom-lefto
e. Notice the Tasks panelat
a m nse
the corner of the page. Options are also available
in the Tasks pane,(s e context-sensitive tasks that can be performed on a
which contains
a
selected object. n l
Aboveethe icoptions is the name of the object to which the task you
K hbe applied.
b l
select will
a n f e ra
lm s
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 2 - Page 6
7. Open an analysis:
a. In the Global Header, click the Home link to navigate back to the Home page. Below
the Catalog folders in the Browse/Manage section, there are several predefined
searches to retrieve different objects belonging to you that are stored in your personal
Catalog folders.
b. Click the My Analyses link to open the Search pane. By default, the search criterion is
a wildcard, the search location is My Folders, and the search type is Analysis.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
c. In the Name field, enter *Sales*
nk to search
t o usfor analyses with the word Sales in the
title. a
s
d. Click Search to locate n se objects in My Folders.
alallmtheeAnalysis
n ( l ic two analyses in the BISAMPLE folder:
a
e. You should see e
the following
l
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
f. Click the Open link for the Basic Region Sales analysis. The analysis opens for
viewing.

Chapter 2 - Page 7
g. Use the browsers Back button to navigate back to the Catalog page, and then open
the Sales by Sales Rep and State analysis.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 2 - Page 8
8. Navigate recent objects:
a. Return to the Home page.
b. Notice the Recent section of the Home page. In the Dashboards section, all of the
recently accessed dashboards are listed. In the Others section, all recently accessed
non-dashboard objects are listed. Examples of non-dashboard objects include
analyses, filters, groups, calculated items, Key Performance Indicators, and so on.
c. Confirm that both of the analyses that you recently viewed are visible in the Others
section: Sales by Sales Rep and State and Basic Region Sales.
d. Click the Open link for the Basic Region Sales analysis to view the analysis.
e. Use the browsers Back button to navigate back to the Home page.
f. Click the Edit link for the Basic Region Sales analysis. The analysis opens in the
Analysis Editor. You use the Analysis Editor to create, edit, and format analyses in
subsequent practices.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
g. Return to the Home page.
h. In the Global Header, click Open and notice that the analyses are also listed here in a
Recent list.
i. Click Basic Region Sales to open the analysis in the Analysis Editor. This is another
method to open recently viewed objects.
j. Navigate back to the Home page. Notice that the Most Popular list is not currently
populated with BI objects from the Catalog. The Most Popular list is composed of
objects that are most frequently accessed by you and members of the team who share
your shared folders in the Presentation Catalog.

Chapter 2 - Page 9
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 2 - Page 10
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
a -g den
Working
f atim with
S u
tOracle
a n @ this
Business
k h Chapter
u se3
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Chapter 3 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you create and format analyses.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 3 - Page 2
Practice 3-1: Creating and Formatting Analyses
Goal
In this practice, you create and format analyses.
Scenario
You create and format new analyses, view the results, and save the analyses in the Catalog.
Time
2530 minutes
Creating a Basic Analysis

1. If it is not already started, start Oracle Business Intelligence Presentation Services and sign
in.
a. In a browser, enter the URL for Oracle BI EE using the following format:
http://<hostname>:<port number>/analytics a
Your instructor will provide you with the correct URL.
For example, the URL may be: ) has
http://localhost:7001/analytics.
c om ide
o up t Gu
b. On the Sign In screen for Oracle BI EE, enter the user ID and password for a user with
r
-g den
BI Administrator privileges, as provided by your instructor.
a
c. Click Sign In.
f a tim Stu
2. @ this
Create an analysis for customer sales by region and area.
a n
k h se
a. On the Home page, in the Create section, click Analysis to navigate to the Analysis
u
Editor. a n t o
m
al ens e
b. In the Select Subject Area pop-up menu, click A Sample Sales. The A Sample
n ( s l ic
Sales subject area is displayed in the Subject Areas pane in the Analysis Editor.
a l e
Kh rab
c. Expand Customers > Cust Regions to display the customer columns related to
n
a lma ransfe
regions.
d. In the Customer dimension, drag the C50 Region column to the Selected Columns
S n-t pane to add it to the analysis.
no
e. In the Customer dimension, double-click the C51 Area column to add it to the analysis.
f. Check your work:
3. Review the results of the analysis that you just created. Click the Results tab. Notice that
the results appear in a table format in the Compound Layout. This is the default for tables
with attribute columns. For analyses that include a hierarchy column, the default Compound
Layout includes a pivot table.
4. Add country names to the analysis:
a. In the Subject Areas pane, expand Customers > Cust Regions.
b. Double-click C52 Country Name to add the column to your analysis.
c. Scroll down to view additional rows in the table.
d. Click the Criteria tab and verify that the column has been added to the criteria for the
analysis.

Chapter 3 - Page 3
5. Edit the table properties:
a. Click the Results tab.
b. In the Compound Layout, click the Edit View button for the Table view.
c. Notice that the Layout pane is displayed. You learn more about the Layout pane in
Lesson 6: Modifying and Formatting Basic Views. For now, collapse the Layout pane
so that it is not visible.
d. Click the Table View Properties button to explore the properties that you can set
for the table in the Table Properties dialog box. a
e. In the Data Viewing section, select Content paging. ) has
f. om ide
Click OK to accept the other default settings and to close the Table Properties dialog
c
r o up t Gu
box. The screenshot shows the paging controls at the bottom of the table:
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Content paging was the default display behavior in Oracle BI prior to version 11.1.1.7.

Chapter 3 - Page 4
6. Modify the analysis by adding a measure column.
a. In the Subject Areas pane, expand the Facts > Base Facts folder. Notice that measure
columns, which contain measures that can change for each record and can be added
up or aggregated in some way, are denoted with a yellow column icon. Double-click the
1- Revenue column to add it to the analysis, and check your results. The following
screenshot shows only a partial view of the table:
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
a
b. Click Done to close the Table view editor
h n@and ereturn
th to the Compound Layout, which
includes a Title view and a Table
a n kview.to us
c. Click the Criteria tab tolm
a n s e 1-Revenue column is added to your analysis
verify that the
criteria.
n (s lice
a
h able
K
l m an sfer
a -tanalysis
7. SSave the r an in a new folder in the My Folders section of the Presentation Catalog.
a.no
n
Click the Save Analysis button . The Save As dialog box is displayed.
b. Select My Folders in the Folders pane of the dialog box.
c. Click the New Folder button . The New Folder dialog box appears.
d. Name the new folder by entering My Sales in the Name field.
e. Click OK. The new folder is created in My Folders.
f. Click the My Sales folder.
g. In the Name field, enter Sales by Country.
h. Click OK. The Sales by Country analysis is saved in the My Sales folder in the My
Folders section of the Presentation Catalog.
Creating an Analysis with Hierarchy Columns

1. Create and view the results of an analysis that includes the Product hierarchy:
a. In the Global Header, select New > Analysis.
b. In the Select Subject Area pop-up menu, click A Sample Sales.

Chapter 3 - Page 5
c. In the Subject Areas pane, expand the Products dimension and expand the Products
Hierarchy hierarchical column to explore its members, each of which represents a
level in the Product hierarchy. Notice that hierarchical columns are denoted by a
hierarchical column icon .
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
Sd. Notice
n -t that the levels in the Product hierarchy are Total Products, Brand, LOB (Line of
o
n Business), Type, and Product.
e. Double-click the Products Hierarchy hierarchical column to add it to the Selected
Columns pane.
f. Expand the Facts > Base Facts folder and double-click the 1-Revenue column to add
it to the analysis.
2. View the analysis results:
a. Click the Results tab. Notice that the Compound Layout defaults to a pivot table when
an analysis includes a hierarchy column.

Chapter 3 - Page 6
b. In the pivot table, expand the Total Products level of the hierarchy column to view the
sales of its child members in the hierarchy.
c. Expand further to view the child members at each level in the hierarchy. When you
reach the last level in the hierarchy (which is known as the leaf level), notice that the
level no longer has an expansion icon.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
d. Collapse Kthe l
h TotalaProducts
b hierarchy level.
n
a the Save
e. Click r
feAnalysis button and save the analysis as Product Sales in My
a lm n s
S n-tra Sales.
Folders > My
noSaved Analyses in the Presentation Catalog

Viewing
1. Click the Home link in the Global Header to navigate back to the Home page, which offers
multiple ways to easily access content in the Presentation Catalog. You can select an
analysis in the Recent list, search the Presentation Catalog under Browse/Manage, or click
Open to open analyses in the Catalog.
2. In the Recent section, click the Open link for the Product Sales analysis. The analysis is
executed and the results are displayed in the default Compound Layout.
3. Expand the hierarchy to view the results.
4. Return to the Home page and click the Edit button for the Sales by Country analysis. The
analysis is opened in the Analysis Editor, where you can manipulate analysis content,
formatting, and views.
Modifying an Analysis
1. Modify the Sales by Country analysis to sort areas in descending order within their region
groupings, and to sort countries by revenue in ascending order.
a. Click the Criteria tab.

Chapter 3 - Page 7
b. Click the More Options button for the C50 Region column and select Sort > Sort
Ascending. The column icon changes to indicate an ascending sort .
c. Click the More Options button for the C51 Area column and select Sort > Add
Descending Sort. The column icon changes to indicate an ascending sort.
Note: The number 2 to the right of the column icon indicates that this is a secondary
sort. In this case, the C50 Region column represents the primary sort, as indicated by
the number 1 to the right of its column icon.
d. Click the More Options button for the 1-Revenue column and select Sort > Add
Ascending Sort. The column icon changes to indicate an ascending sort.
a
has
e. Click the Results tab to verify the sort.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Notice that the areas are sorted in descending order within their respective regions,
and countries for each area are sorted in ascending order by revenue.

Chapter 3 - Page 8
2. Format the 1-Revenue column to display currency in dollars, displayed with the dollar sign
($) and two decimal places.
b. To create more space and simplify the Analysis Editor, click the sideways triangle
button to close the Subject Areas and Catalog panes.
c. Click the More Options button in the 1-Revenue column and select Column
Properties. The Column Properties dialog box appears.

d. Click the Data Format tab.
e. Select the Override Default Data Format check box.
f. In the Treat Numbers As drop-down list, select Currency.
g. In the Currency Symbol drop-down list, select $.
h. In the Negative Format drop-down list, select Minus: -123.
i. In the Decimal Places drop-down list, select 2.
j. Select the Use 1000s Separator option.
a
has
k. Click the Save As Default button and select Save as the system-wide default for
Base Facts.1-Revenue to save this formatting as the default for the 1-Revenue
)
column.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
Note: If your class has a multiuser environment, only the first user to change the
setting will affect system defaults.
a -g den
atim is Stu
l. Click the Results tab to verify the formatting.
f
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no -
3. Change the Revenue column format to appear as whole dollar amounts without decimal
points.
b. Click the More Options button in the 1-Revenue column and select Column
Properties. The Column Properties dialog box appears.
c. Click the Data Format tab.
d. Select the Override Default Data Format check box.
e. In the Decimal Places drop-down list, select 0.
f. Click the Save As Default button and select Save as the system-wide default for
Base Facts.1-Revenue to save this formatting as the default for the 1-Revenue
column.
Note: If your class has a multiuser environment, only the first user to change the
setting will affect system defaults.

Chapter 3 - Page 9
g. Click the Results tab to verify the formatting.
Formatting the Table View

1. Center the alignment of the country column:
a
a. Click the Edit View button
has
in the table below the title in the Compound Layout.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
a n e click the More Options button for the C52 Country Name
fPane,
b. lm
a n s
In the Layout
S column
n - traand then select Format Values. The Edit Format dialog box is displayed.
c.noIn the Cell section, select Center in the Horizontal Alignment drop-down list.
d. Click OK and verify that country values are now centered.

Chapter 3 - Page 10
2. Copy the Country Name column formatting and apply it to the C51 Area column:
a. Open the Edit Format dialog box again (format values for the C52 Country Name
column).
b. Click the Copy Cell Format button and then click Cancel to close the Edit Format
dialog box.
c. Open the Edit Format dialog box to format values for the C51 Area column.
d. Click the Paste Cell Format button to paste the formatting from the C50 Country
Name column cells.
e. Notice that the Horizontal Alignment field changes to Center.
f. Click OK and verify that the area column values are now centered.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
k toName
nCountry us
g. Return the C51 Area and C52
l m a e column settings back to the defaults and
check the results. You sa canbox do thiss
eornbyeither by resetting to the default in the drop-down list
in the Edit Format n (dialog l i c clicking the Clear Cell Format (restore defaults)
button Kh
a ble
a n Explore.
f e ra some of the other formatting options that are available in the Edit
h. m
l (Optional) s
n box. When you understand the options, click OK to close the dialog box.
Sa Format - t r adialog
onand format the C52 Country Name column heading in the Table editor. This change
3. Modify
n
affects only the column heading in the Table view. Later, you set a column heading globally
for the column.
a. In the Layout Pane, click the More Options button for the C52 Country Name
column and select Format Headings. The Edit Format dialog box is displayed.
b. In the Caption text box, enter Country.
c. In the Cell area, click the Background Color selector to display the Color Selector
dialog box.
d. Select the orange color, and then click OK.
e. Click OK to close the Edit Format dialog box.

Chapter 3 - Page 11
f. Verify the results of your changes.
g. Click Done to save your changes, close the Table editor, and return to the Compound
Layout view.
Formatting View Containers

In the default Compound Layout, each of its views resides in a container. Modify the containers
in the Compound Layout to change their background color to yellow, add spacing, and indent a
the Table view.
) has
c om ide
1. In the container for the Table view in the Compound Layout, click the Format Container
button up t Gu
. The Format Container dialog box is displayed.
r o
-g den
2. Set the background color of the container to yellow:
a
f atim is Stu
a. Click the Background Color selector to display the Color Selector dialog box.
b. Select the yellow color, and then click OK.
h a n@ e th
s
3. Add padding to the top and left sides of the container:
a nk to u
a. Expand the Additional Formatting Options.
( s alm ense
b. In the Indent (Left Padding) and Top Padding text boxes, enter 10.
a n
c. Click OK.
e l ic
Kh rab l
4. Change the background color of the Title views container in the Compound Layout to
n
a lma ransfe
yellow. Then verify that your spacing and background color changes have been applied.
S n-t
no

Chapter 3 - Page 12
5. Preview how the Compound Layout will appear in a dashboard.
a. Click the Show how results will look on a Dashboard button to open the analysis
in a new browser window.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
b. After examining the results, close the dashboard previews browser window to return to
the Analysis Editor.
Applying a Column Format at the Analysis Level

At the analysis level, modify the C50 Region column to display Region, modify the C51 Area
column to display Sales Area, and the C52 Country Name column heading to display Country
Name. This change affects the C52 Country Name column in every view of the analysis, unless
you override it by a custom header that you define at the view level. Then add a custom header
and conditional formatting to the 1-Revenue column based on dollar amounts.

Chapter 3 - Page 13
1. Modify the C50 Region, C51 Area, and C52 Country Name column headings in the column
properties. This change affects the columns in all views of the analysis.
b. In the Selected Columns pane, click the More Options button for the C50 Region
column and select Column Properties. The Column Properties dialog box is
displayed.
c. Click the Column Format tab.

d. Select the Custom Headings check box.
e. In the Column Heading text box, enter Regions. Leave the folder heading as the
default (Cust Regions). Depending on the permissions set by the administrator and the
security settings on the servers, you can select the Contains HTML Markup option to
include HTML tags, Active-X objects, and JavaScript and VBScript in your headings.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
f. Click OK to close the Column Properties dialog box.
g r ou nt G
g. Repeat these steps to add the following custom headings:
i m a- tude
C51 Area = Sales Areas
f at is S
C52 Country Name = Countries n@ th
h a e
1-Revenue = Revenue
a n k to us
2. Navigate to the Results tab and
a l s e tab and verify that the new names are
m thenCriteria
displayed in both places.
n (s lice
a. Click the Resultsa
h atab b ltoe viewlevel
the table in the Compound Layout. Notice that the name
that youK set at the
r is because the for
analysis C52 Country Name (Countries) is not reflected in
a nresults. fThis
e
a lmyour
n s table-level caption that you set for the column in the
a overrides the analysis-level setting that you just added to the column on
S Tablen
the - treditor
Criteria tab.
no
b. To verify that your analysis-level change was applied, click the Criteria tab and verify
that the new column heading (Countries) is visible.

Chapter 3 - Page 14
Creating Conditional Formatting
1. Set up conditional formatting on the Revenue column:
a. In the Selected Columns pane of the Criteria tab, click the More Options button for the
Revenue column and select Column Properties.
b. The Column Properties dialog box is displayed. Click the Conditional Format tab.
c. Click the Add Condition button, and then select Revenue. The New Condition dialog
box is displayed.
d. In the Operator drop-down list, select is less than.
e. In the Value field, enter 100000.
f. Click OK. The Edit Format dialog box is displayed.
g. In the Font section, click the Color drop-down list.
h. Select red from the color selector, and then click OK.
i. In the Style drop-down list, select Bold.
j. Click OK.
a
has
k. Repeat the process to create the following conditional formatting:
)
Criteria Operator/Value Color
c m e
oStyle
Revenue Is between 100000 and 500000 Blue
o u p Bold Guid

Revenue Is greater than 500000 a -gr deBold
Green nt
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
l. Click OK to close the Column Properties dialog box after you finish.

Chapter 3 - Page 15
2. Click the Results tab to view the conditional formatting.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
n
3. Click the Save As button
a e l
toicsave the analysis as a new analysis. Name the analysis
l
h aBybCountry and save it in the My Sales folder.
FormattedKSales
l m a n
s f er
Adding
S a -tran
Custom Formulas to the Analysis
noinnthe actual dollar amount and then ranks customers by country based on this new
Convert the Formatted Sales by Country analysis to an analysis that calculates a 10%
increase
projection.
1. Add a formula to the Formatted Sales by Country analysis to increase the dollar amount
by 10 percent.
a. Return to the Criteria tab.
b. In the Selected Columns pane of the Criteria tab, click the More Options button for the
Revenue column and then select Edit formula. The Edit Column Formula dialog box
is displayed.
c. Click at the end of the formula in the Column Formula field.
d. Click the Multiply button in the Formula Editor. An asterisk (*) is inserted at the
end of the formula.
e. After the asterisk, enter 1.10.

Chapter 3 - Page 16
f. Deselect the Custom Headings option. Notice that the heading reverts to a default
heading that indicates the changed formula.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@dialog e thbox.
g. Click OK to close the Edit Column Formula
us increases in your results. Notice that
nthekdollartoamount
h. Click Results and verify that a
alm easnthe
the formula is now displayed
s secolumn heading and that the default formatting for
n (
dollars is no longer l icso that the column amounts again are displayed as
in effect,
a l e
Kh rthan
numbers rather
n a bas currency.
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
2. Modify the formula to rank customers by dollar sales.

a. On the Criteria tab, click the More Options button for the 1-Revenue * 1.10 column
and then select Edit formula. The Edit Column Formula dialog box is displayed.
b. The text in the Column Formula field should be selected. If not, select the text in the
Column Formula field.

Chapter 3 - Page 17
c. Click the Insert Function button . The Insert Function dialog box appears.
d. Expand the Aggregate functions group and select Rank. Notice that a description of
the RANK function appears at the bottom of the window.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
e.noClick OK to close the Insert Function dialog box. The RANK function is added to the
formula.
f. Click OK to close the Edit Column Formula dialog box. Notice that the RANK function
is added to the analysis criteria.

Chapter 3 - Page 18
g. Click Results and verify that the results are ranked. Notice that the countries are
ranked as a group without regard to their sales area or region.
3. Modify the formula to group the customer rankings by state and add a custom heading to
the column. a
has
a. On the Criteria tab, click the More Options button for the RANK(1-Revenue *1.10)
)
column and select Edit formula.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
b. Change the formula by adding a by statement to the expression in the Column
-g den
Formula field: Rank(Base Facts.1-Revenue*1.10 by ).
a
atim is Stu
c. In the Column Formula field, place the cursor at the end of the expression after the
f
word by (inside the parentheses).
a n@ e th
d. In the Available field, expand A Sample Sales > Customers > Cust Regions, select
h s
nk to u
the C51 Area column, and then click the Add Column button to add the area column
a
alm ense
to the formula.
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
e. Select the Custom Headings check box.

f. In the Column Heading field, enter RANK (Revenue by Sales Area).
g. Click OK.
h. Check your analysis on the Criteria tab:

Chapter 3 - Page 19
i. Click the Results tab to view the results. Notice that the customer rankings are now
grouped by sales area.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
4. Save this analysis as a newlm analysis. se
s a
a. Click the Save As button. ice
( n
b. Name the h
n
a Ranked l
le Sales by Country and save it in the My Sales folder.
K analysis
a b
l m s er Sales Analysis
anthe Product
f
a -tran
Formatting
1. SIn thenGlobal Header, select Open > Product Sales to open the Product Sales analysis
nothe Recent list.
from
2. Create a custom column heading for the product hierarchy:
b. Click the More Options button for the Products Hierarchy column and select Column
Properties to open the Column Properties dialog box. Notice that you can set column
properties globally (similarly to attribute columns).
d. Select Custom Headings.
e. Change the column heading to Products.
f. Click OK and verify your results:

Chapter 3 - Page 20
3. Add conditional formatting to the product hierarchy so that products are displayed with a red
background color when 1-Revenue column values are less than $3,000,000:
a. Click the More Options button for the Product column and select Column Properties
to open the Column Properties dialog box again.
b. Click the Conditional Format tab.
c. Click Add Condition, and then select 1-Revenue.
d. The New Condition dialog box is displayed. In the Operator drop-down list, select is
less than. Then enter 3000000 in the Value text box.
e. Click OK.
f. The Style tab of the Edit Format dialog box is displayed. In the Cell section, select red
(#FF0000) in the Background Color drop-down list, and then click OK.
g. Click OK to close the Edit Format dialog box. Verify your condition:
h. Click OK to close the Column Properties dialog box. a

4. View your analysis results:
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
b. Expand the hierarchy to view the leaf nodes under Total Products > BizTech >
-g den
Electronics > Accessories and Total Products > BizTech > Electronics > Audio. Notice
a
atim is Stu
that the conditional formatting that is set at the column level is applied to all levels in
f
the hierarchy that meet the condition.
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
5. Create a conditional format for the Product hierarchy level so that individual products are
displayed with a green background color when 1-Revenue column values are greater than
$3,000,000:
b. Expand the Products hierarchy column to display level-based options.

Chapter 3 - Page 21
c. Click the More Options button for the Product hierarchy level and select Hierarchy
Level Properties. The Hierarchy Level Properties dialog box is displayed.
d. Click the Conditional Format tab. Add a condition that when the value in the 1-
Revenue column is greater than $3,000,000, the cell background color is set to green.
e. Click OK to close the Hierarchy Level Properties dialog box.

6. Click the Results tab to verify that the Product level is displayed as expected. Expand the
hierarchy to the leaf level under Total Products > HomeView > TV > LCD and Total
Products > HomeView > TV > Plasma. Formatting that is set at the hierarchy level
overrides formatting that is set at the column level.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
a n k to us
7. Save the analysis as Product
a l n s e Sales.
m Hierarchy
n (s lice
a
h able
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 3 - Page 22
Practice 3-2: Controlling the Display of Columns Added to Analyses
Goal
In this practice, you set an analysis property to specify how column results are displayed when
columns are added to an analysis on the Criteria tab.
Scenario
Set the appropriate analysis property to specify how column results are displayed when
columns are added to an analysis on the Criteria tab.
Time
1520 minutes
Tasks
1. Create a basic analysis to test the behavior of analysis properties.
s
a. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following new analysis:
a
C50 Region, 1-Revenue )h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
b. Click Results to view the analysis.
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a properties
2. Set analysis f e to display columns in existing and new views when the columns are
l m s
a on-trtheanCriteria tab.
Sadded
a. o n the Edit Analysis Properties button to open the Analysis Properties dialog
n Click
box.
b. Click the Data tab.
c. Notice the options for Display of Columns Added in Criteria Tab. Make sure that the
Display in existing and new views option is selected. This is the default.
d. Click OK.
3. Add the Sales District column to the analysis.

Chapter 3 - Page 23
b. Add C51 Area to the analysis.
c. Click Results.
d. Confirm that the new column is displayed in the existing table view. Your results may
vary slightly from the following screenshot. This was the default behavior in versions of
Oracle BI prior to 11g and is again the default behavior beginning with version 11.1.1.6.
When the Criteria tab is used to add columns to existing views, the columns are
automatically displayed in the results. Compare this to the next set of steps, in which
columns added on the Criteria tab are excluded from the results of existing views.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
lm nonsthe
e. If necessary, re-orderacolumns e Results tab by dragging the handle at the top of
the column to a
n ( s
new position
l e
ic (aC51
blue line indicates the insertion point). Change the
column ordera
h ab
to C50 l e
Region, Area, 1-Revenue.
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 3 - Page 24
4. Set analysis properties to exclude columns from new views when the columns are added
on the Criteria tab.
b. Click the Edit Analysis Properties button to open the Analysis Properties dialog
box.
c. Click the Data tab.
d. For Display of Columns Added in Criteria Tab, select Exclude from existing
views, but display in new views.
e. Click OK.
f. Double-click to add the P4 Brand column to the analysis.
g. Click Results. Notice that the P4 Brand column does not appear in the results in the
Table view.
a
h.
i.
Click the Edit View button
has
for the Table view to open the View editor.
)
In the Layout pane, locate the Excluded section and notice that the P4 Brand column is
c om ide
added here. This was the default behavior for all 11g versions until version 11.1.1.6.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 3 - Page 25
j. Drag the P4 Brand column from the Excluded section and insert it after the C51 Area
column in the Columns and Measures section. A blue line indicates the insertion
point.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
k. Notice that the results are updated accordingly. a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Do not save the analysis. There is no need to reset Analysis Properties to the default. The
properties are reset to the default for each new analysis. The choice of display properties is
included to accommodate users who are accustomed to using the Excluded pane.

Chapter 3 - Page 26
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
a -g den
atimData
Filtering
f S tuin Analyses
a n @ 4 this
Chapter
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 4: Filtering Data in Analyses

Chapter 4 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you limit data by using filters and prompts.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 4 - Page 2
Practice 4-1: Adding Filters to Analyses
Goal
In this practice, you add filters to limit the results that are returned by analyses.
Scenario
You use a variety of methods to add filters to analyses to limit query results.
Time
1015 minutes
Task
1. If it is not already started, start Oracle Business Intelligence Presentation Services and sign
in by using the URL and credentials provided by your instructor.
a. In a browser, enter the URL for Oracle BI EE using the following format:
s a
http://<hostname>:<port number>/analytics
Your instructor will provide you with the correct URL. )h a
For example, the URL may be: m
co uide
p
oupassword
http://localhost:7001/analytics
b. On the Sign In screen for Oracle BI EE, enter the user-ID g rand n t Gfor a user with
m a tude
BI Administrator privileges, as provided by your instructor.
i
c. Click Sign In.
t
fa is S
2. Open the Formatted Sales by Country a n @ th
h analysis.
k Header. us e
a. Click the Catalog button in the
a nGlobal t o
b. In the Folders pane, a
s lm tonMy
navigate
e seFolders > My Sales.
n
c. Click the Edit link ( l
under the icFormatted Sales by Country analysis to open it in the
a l e
Kh rab
Analysis Editor.
n
l m a show
3. Add a filter to
s f erecords from the APAC region only, without showing the Regions
a -intryour
Scolumn anresults.
n o n Criteria tab.
a. Click the
b. Click the More Options button for the Regions column and select Column Properties.
The Column Properties dialog box appears.
d. Select the Hide check box at the upper-right corner.
e. Click OK.
f. Click the More Options button for the Regions column and select Filter. The New
Filter dialog box appears.
g. Notice that the is equal to / is in operator is selected by default.
h. Click the Search icon next to the Value field to open the Select Values dialog box.
This is one method for selecting column members to include in a filter. This method is
advantageous when there are many members. In this example, there are only three
members of the Regions column.
i. Select APAC in the Available list and click the Move button to add it to the Selected
list.

Chapter 4 - Page 3
j. Double-click EMEA to add it to the Selected list. Double-clicking is another method for
adding values to the Selected list.
k. Click OK to close the Select Values dialog box and return to the New Filter dialog box.
l. Notice that APAC;EMEA is added to the Value field.
m. Click the Down Arrow icon for the Value field and notice that this is another method
for picking filter values. In this example, APAC and EMEA are already selected. Notice
that it is also possible to Search from this drop-down list.
n. Leave the filter values set to APAC and EMEA and click OK to close the New Filter
dialog box.
o. Notice that you are returned to the Criteria tab and that you have a new filter called
Region is equal to / is in APAC; EMEA in the Filters pane. a
p. Place your cursor on the filter and click the Edit Filter button.
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
atimforistheSValue
q. In the Edit Filter dialog box, click the Down fArrow
tu field.
r. In the drop-down list, deselect the EMEA
h a n@checkebox.
th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
s. Click OK to close the Edit Filter dialog box.

t. Notice that the filter is updated in the Filters pane.
4. Use another method to add a second filter to show records from 2008 only.
a. Click the Create a filter for the current Subject Area button in the Filters pane.
b. Select More Columns to open the Select Column dialog box.
c. Expand Time and select the T05 Per Name Year column.

Chapter 4 - Page 4
d. Click OK to open the New Filter dialog box.
e. Click the down arrow for the Value field.
f. Select 2008 and click OK to add the filter to the Filters pane. One advantage of using
this method is that you do not have to add the column to the analysis and then hide it
(as you did in the previous example).
g. Verify that both filters are now added to the Filters pane.
h. Click the AND link to change the filter syntax to OR.

i. Click OR to return the syntax to AND.
j. Click the Results tab to view the results. Notice that neither Region nor Year is visible
in the results.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
k. Click the icon at the bottom of the table; 28 rows are returned.
5. Save the filter as a named filter for use with other content.
b. Click the More Options button in the Filters pane and select Save Filters. The Save
As dialog box appears.

Chapter 4 - Page 5
c. Click the Show Folder Tree button and view the location in the folder tree that your
default location represents. The Save In field defaults to the My Folders/Subject Area
Contents/A Sample Sales folder in the Presentation Catalog because saved filters
are among the objects saved and usable in their respective subject areas. The system
defaults to the correct location to save such objects so that they are available for use in
the future from within the subject area.
Note: If you are saving a subject areaspecific object like a filter or a selection or group
in the default My Folders section of the Presentation Catalog, it will be available in

shared dashboards to only those people who have explicit access permissions.
Depending on the planned use of the object, you may want to save it in a shared
subject area folder so that it is more broadly available for use in analyses and shared
dashboards.
d. Enter APAC Region, 2008 in the Name field. Notice that the Replace current report
filters with a reference to the saved filter check box is selected by default.
e. Click OK.
f. Verify that the current report filter now references the saved filter in the Filters pane.
s a
)h a
6. Save the existing analysis with the filter. m
co uide
a. Click the Save As button to open the Save As dialog box. p
u tG
b. In the Folders pane, select My Folders > My Sales. gro n
a - APACdeRegion
c. Name the analysis Formatted Sales by Country,
a t i m Stu 2008.
f
d. Click OK.
a n @
e thisvariables.
n kh o us
7. Create a filter for the current and previous month by using
a. Click the Home link.
l a
mthe e t
b. Click the Edit link to a
s open
e n s
Sales by Country analysis in the Analysis Editor.
c. Click the Criteria
(
n tab.le li c
h a
d. Add theK
a n T32and
Calendars f e abdragging
Cal Month
rthen column to the analysis by expanding Time > Alternate
T32 Cal Month from the Subject Areas pane to the right
a lm a
of therC51 n s
Area column.
Se. Innthe
- t Filters
noselect Alternate
pane, click the Create a filter for the current Subject Area button and
Calendars. T32 Cal Month.
f. In the Operator field, choose is equal to / is in.
g. Click the Add More Options button and select Repository Variable.
h. In the Repository Variable field, enter CURRENT_MONTH.
Note: This training environment already includes repository variables named
CURRENT_MONTH and PREVIOUS_MONTH.
i. Click the Add More Options button and select Repository Variable.

Chapter 4 - Page 6
j. In the Repository Variable field, enter PREVIOUS_MONTH.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
k. Click OK and verify that the filter appears in the Filters pane. p
g r ou nt G
m a- should
l. Click the Results tab to review the results. Thetianalysis t u debe filtered to show data
for only the current and previous month.@Your
S look similar to the
faresultsisshould
following screenshot: an se t h
k h u
a n t o
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
m. Use the Save As button to save the analysis as Sales by Country for Current
and Previous Month in the My Sales folder.
n. Leave Analysis Editor open for the next practice.

Chapter 4 - Page 7
Practice 4-2: Adding an Inline Prompt to an Analysis
Goal
In this practice, you build an inline prompt that enables you to filter results.
Scenario
You use an inline prompt to constrain an analysis to obtain results that answer a particular
question.
Time
1015 minutes
Task
1. Create an analysis and add an inline prompt.
a. Create the following new analysis by using the A Sample Sales subject area:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
b. Click the Prompts tab. p
c. Click the New button and select Column Prompt > Cust
g r ou Regions.C50
n t G
Region. The New Prompt dialog box appears. -
a tude
t i m S will appear to the user.
d. In the Label field, enter Filter by Region.
@ faThis caption
i s
an sefieldt .
e. Enter Filter by Region in the Description h
k h u to / is in.
f. In the Operator drop-down list,
a nselect istoequal
s alm list,
g. In the User Input drop-down
e n se the default Choice List. Check your
accept
selections:
n ( l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
h. Expand Options.
i. Select the Limit values by check box and select All Prompts in the drop-down list.
Limiting values prevents a user from choosing values that result in no data. In this
example, when a region is selected in the first prompt, only those areas that are in the
region are available for selection in the next prompt.
j. Deselect the Enable user to select multiple values and Enable user to type values
check boxes.

Chapter 4 - Page 8
k. Verify that the Require user input check box is not selected. If a selection is required
for the prompt, users see an asterisk next to the prompt. Users can bypass a selection
for any filter prompt that appears without an asterisk.
l. Check your work:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
KhThe prompt l
m. Click
a nOK.
f e rab is added to the analysis.
a
2. Check n s
lm yourrawork.
Sa. Click
n -tthe Preview button to display the prompt.
n o
b. Click the Filter by Region drop-down list and verify that three regions appear:
AMERICAS, APAC, and EMEA.
c. Close the preview browser window.
d. You can also check your work in the Display pane below the Definition pane.

Chapter 4 - Page 9
3. Repeat the steps outlined above and build two more prompts: One for Area and the other
for Country. Use the screenshots below as a guide.
a. Build an Area prompt:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 4 - Page 10
b. Build a Country prompt:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
c. If necessary, use thes n searrows to set the execution order of the prompts so
auplmand edown
n
that they appear ( l ic order:
in the following
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
4. Test your work by using the preview to verify the values.

a. Click the Preview button .
b. In the Filter by Region prompt, select APAC from the drop-down list.
c. In the Filter by Area prompt, select West from the drop-down list. Notice that only
areas in the APAC region appear in the Filter by Area drop-down list.
d. In the Country prompt, select India from the drop-down list. Notice that only countries
in West appear.

Chapter 4 - Page 11
e. Click OK. The filtered analysis appears, displaying revenue for product brands in the
APAC region, in the West area and in the country of India.
f. Close the preview browser window.

g. Save the analysis as My Inline Column Filter Prompts in the My Sales folder.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 4 - Page 12
Practice 4-3: Using a Saved Analysis as a Filter
Goal
In this practice, you create a filter based on the results of another saved analysis.
Scenario
Use a saved analysis as a filter to limit the number of rows that are returned for a new analysis.
Time
510 minutes
Task
By using the results of a saved analysis to filter a column in another analysis, you can ensure
that the results are limited to the same data set between related analyses.
1. Create and save an analysis to be used as a filter in another analysis.
s a
a
a. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following new analysis and
)h
associated filter:
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
b. Click the Results tab. There should be
h a n3@records.th
e The screenshot shows only a portion
s
nk to u
of the records.
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n fe as Products - EMEA Region 2009 in the My Sales folder.
a the analysis
c. lm
a Save
n s
a to be filtered by a saved analysis.
2. SCreate an
n - tranalysis
a.noUse the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following new analysis:
b. Click the Results tab. There should be 9 records returned. These are all the product
brands in all regions. The screenshot displays only a portion of the results.
c. Click the Criteria tab.

Chapter 4 - Page 13
d. Click the Create a filter for the current Subject Area button in the Filters pane and
select Cust Regions.C50 Region. The New Filter dialog box appears.
e. In the Operator field, select is based on results of another analysis.
f. Click Browse to select a saved analysis on which you want to base the filter.
g. In the Open dialog box, select the Products EMEA Region 2009 analysis.
h. Click OK.
i. In the Relationship field, select is equal to any.

j. In the Use values in Column field, select C50 Region.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
alm inethe
n e
sworkspace.
k. Click OK. The filter
n ( sappears
l ic
a
h ab l e
KResults
l m a
l. Click nthe
s f er tab.
Sm.a EMEA an3 rows are returned and that results include product brands in only the
Verifyrthat
- t
n o n region.
n. Save the analysis as Product Sales - EMEA Region 2009 in the My Sales
folder.

Chapter 4 - Page 14
Practice 4-4: Editing SQL for a Column Filter
Goal
In this practice, you edit the SQL for a column filter in an analysis.
Scenario
You edit the logical SQL WHERE clause to be used as a filter to add another region to the filter.
Time
5 minutes
Task
Although it is generally not necessary to directly edit SQL in your analyses, it is sometimes
preferable to directly edit the WHERE clause that is issued in the SQL for a filter.
1. Edit the SQL that is generated for a column filter. a
a. Open the saved Products EMEA Region 2009 analysis in the Analysis Editor.
) has
for Region is equal to / is in EMEA. c om ide
b. On the Criteria tab, place the cursor on the filter and then click the Edit Filter button
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f im Stu
atthis
c. In the Edit Filter dialog box, select the Convert
n @ t h is to SQL check box.
filter
k ha use
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Click OK to open the Advanced SQL Filter dialog box.
e. In the Advanced SQL Filter text box, change Cust Regions.C50 Region = EMEA to
Cust Regions.C50 Region = APAC.

Chapter 4 - Page 15
f. Click OK. The edited filter appears in the workspace.
g. Click the Results tab.

h. Verify that the analysis now returns results for product brands in the APAC region.
Again 3 records should be returned.
i. Save the analysis as Products APAC Region 2009 in the My Sales folder.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 4 - Page 16
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u t G5:
Practices for g r oLessonn
a - d e
atim isand
Selecting
f StuGrouping Data
h a nfor
@Analyses
e th
nk Chapter
t o us 5
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 5: Selecting and Grouping Data for Analyses

Chapter 5 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you limit and group data by using selections, groups, and calculated items.
Also, you create a direct database analysis.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 2
Practice 5-1: Using Selections, Groups, and Calculated Items to
Manage Analysis Results
Goal
In this practice, you build a selection to retain only the members of an analysis that are pertinent
to your business needs.
Scenario
You use selection steps to add, keep, and remove members based on direct selections as well
as criteria. The goal of the selection is to prune the analysis to include the top-selling sales
representatives in the East region, and to retain the current top-selling representative from
California, so that you can compare the sales representatives performance with the Easts top
sellers.
Time
10-15 minutes s a
)h a
Task m
o ide
cand
1. Create an analysis that shows hierarchical customer data for Revenue p
u t GBilled u Quantity.
r o
g new nanalysis that
a -units
a. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following
d e
includes the customer region hierarchy, revenue,
a t i m Stu Quantity).
and (Billed
f
a n @
e this
k h us
b. Click the Results tab. a n t o
c. Expand the Customers s n se to examine the results and to view the levels in
almTotalehierarchy
the hierarchy. n
( l ic
a l e
Kh1-Revenue
d. Notice the
n rabwilland 2-Billed Quantity totals for the EMEA region and the North
a
America
lm rans f
area.eYou use these values for comparison later in this practice.
a
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 3
2. Create a selection to limit the results to only members in the EMEA region and in North
America.
a. Click the Show/Hide Selection Steps pane button on the toolbar to open the
Selections pane in the Analysis Editor.
b. In the List drop-down list, select Measures. Notice that the measures are listed, but
there are no options to create a selection. This is because the analysis currently
includes a hierarchy column and two measure columns. Selections can be used only to
determine the membership of hierarchy and attribute columns in an analysis.
c. Select All in the List drop-down list. A selection determining the membership of the
Customers Cust Region Hier hierarchy appears. Notice that, by default, the selection
starts with all members of the hierarchy.
d. Place the cursor over step 1 in the selection, Start with all members, and click the
Edit button to open the Edit Member Step dialog box.
e. In the Action drop-down list, select Start with all members.
f. Notice that the Edit Member Step dialog box selection options are reduced, because if
the first step is to select all members, it is not necessary to make any further s a
selections.
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
g. In the Action drop-down s e seStart with Group or Calculated Item. Notice that
almlist, select
n
n ( l icaccess to the Presentation Catalog to select groups or
a
the dialog box provides you
l e
Khitemsrsaved
calculated
n ab in a subject area.
h. m In a s
the Action
l displays f e
drop-down list, select Start with selected members. The dialog box
a
S hierarchy. n
trathe hierarchy so that you can select members from one or more levels in the
n -
no
i. In the Available list, expand the Customers Total level of the hierarchy, select the
EMEA region, and click the Move button to add it to the Selected list. Notice that a
green check mark appears in the list of members to indicate that a member has been
selected.

Chapter 5 - Page 4
j. Expand the AMERICAS region in the hierarchy, select North America, and add it to
the Selected list.
s a
k. Click OK to close the Edit Member Step dialog box.
)h a
l. m
In the results, verify that the analysis now includes the EMEA region, with the addition
co uide
of North America from the AMERICAS region.
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
m. lm
n fe the selection steps have been updated to Start with EMEA; North
a alsosthat
Notice
a
S America.tra n
n -
no

Chapter 5 - Page 5
3. Add another step to your selection to keep only the North America area, and the Europe
and Northern areas from the EMEA region in your results.
a. Expand the EMEA region in your results and verify that the sales results for the six
areas sum to the total for EMEA.
b. In the Selection Steps pane, click Then, New Step > Select Members.
c. In the New Member Step dialog box, select Keep Only from the Action drop-down list. a
) has
Notice that because you have an initial selection in the first step, you are now adding,
keeping, or removing members from the original selection. Each step is applied

sequentially to arrive at the analysis selection. c om ide
d. o up t Gu
In the Available pane, expand Customers Total > EMEA to display the EMEA region
r
areas. a -g den
e. atim is Stu
In the Available list, select Europe and Northern and move them to the Selected list.
f
f. n@ e th
Click OK to close the dialog box.
h a s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 6
g. Notice that the results are now limited only to the Europe and Northern areas. The rest
of the EMEA region has been removed from the analysis results along with the North
America area. The original selection from the first selection step is being limited to only
two areas because of the member selection.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n
h. Place the cursor
e ic Keep only Europe; Northern selection step that you
over the lThen,
created K
and l
h click athebEdit button.
l m a n
s f er
Sa n-tran
no
i. In the Edit Member Step dialog box, click the Remove All button.

Chapter 5 - Page 7
j. In the Available list, select all of the EMEA areas except for Europe and Northern, and
then click the Move button to add them to the Selected list.
k. In the Action drop-down list, select Remove. This will remove the areas in the Selected
pane. s a
l. Click OK. )h a
m
co uide

m. Verify that the results now display North America, EMEA, Europe, and Northern.
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
n. Now that you removedlall
s a mfor e n sedidareas
of the other from the EMEA region, notice that the total
n (
revenue or billed quantity
l i EMEA not change in the analysis. This is because
capplied after aggregation,
a
selections, unlike le include the aggregated results
filters,
h abregion are so that in this case, the total
sales forKthe EMEA r of the members from the analysis. of all of its areas despite the
a n of some f e
removal
alm -the a n s
4. SChange
n t r selection steps to clarify possible confusion in the analysis.
a.no
Notice that confusion could arise in the analysis because the EMEA region total is
displayed, for Europe and Northern, but North America does not have a related region
total.
b. To clarify the possible confusion, edit the existing selection steps to start with EMEA
and AMERICAS, and then remove Africa, Eastern, Middle East, North Africa, Central,
and South America.

Chapter 5 - Page 8
c. Verify that your results appear similar to the screenshot:
Notice in the screenshot that the North America area is expanded to the country level.
Notice also that you could also spread these selections over multiple steps to achieve
the same results.
5. To further simplify your analysis, add a selection step based on a condition to remove the
countries that fall in the bottom 50 percent based on revenue. The remaining countries in
a
has
the analysis represent the top 50 percent.
)
a. Expand the hierarchy to the Country level for each area.
c om ide
b. Click the Then, New Step link and select Apply a Condition. The New Condition Step
dialog box appears.
r o up t Gu
-g den
c. Click the Condition Type drop-down list, and examine the variety of conditions that
a
f atim is Stu
you can choose. Notice that each condition type includes an example. Notice that you
can use string matching or greater-than and less-than conditions, similarly to the filters
a n@ e th
you have built, to add, keep, or remove members.
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Select Bottom 5% based on X.

e. In the Action drop-down lists, select Remove and specify the Cust Country level in the
hierarchy.

Chapter 5 - Page 9
f. In the Operator drop-down list, select is bottom.
g. In the Rank drop-down list, enter 50 and select the % option. Notice that underneath
this option, you can also override the rank value with Repository, Session, and
Presentation variables.
h. Keep the default measure, Base Facts.1-Revenue. You can also use the drop-down
list to select other measures present in your analysis or select one from the subject
area.
i. Verify your selections:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic selection steps resemble the following:
Kh rab
j. Click OK and verify l
that your
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 10
k. In the results, expand the hierarchies to show the members at the country level and
verify that they have been reduced by half. There should now be fifteen members in
the analysis at the country level of the hierarchy, each of whom belongs to the top 50
percent based on revenue.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
almtotalsefor
n e
sthe
n (
l. Notice that the measure s l i c region and area levels remain the same despite
the removal a of members e from the analysis. Again, the aggregate measures are not
affectedK b l
byhthe selection
a nthe analysis
f e raas Sales by Region Top Performers North America, Europe,
steps.
m. mSave
l Northern s
an in the My Sales folder.
Sa and - t r
6. Save
n onyour selection steps as a group. Groups and calculated items are treated as members
and can be saved in the Presentation Catalog and added as additional members to an
analysis. Note that a saved selection can be applied only to the same column from which it
was created in the original analysis.
a. Click the Save Selection Steps button in the Selections pane to the right of your
selection steps.
b. In the Save Selection Steps dialog box, enter Top Performers North America,
Europe, and Northern as the name of the group.
c. Enter Top Performers NA and EU as the Display Label.
d. In the Save section, select the Steps option. Notice that this option generates the
results dynamically each time the saved group is used, so that future changes in
relative sales could change the membership of the group as the steps are applied. The
other option maintains the current membership as a group. Finally, notice that you can
select the Replace current steps with a reference to the saved group option to replace
the steps in the Selection Steps pane with the group name. Do not select this option.

Chapter 5 - Page 11
e. Notice that /My Folders/Subject Area Contents/A Sample Sales is selected by default
as the save location.
f. Click OK to save the selection steps.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 12
Practice 5-2: Adding Groups and Calculated Items to an Analysis
Goal
In this practice, you create a group and a calculated item and use them in an analysis.
Scenario
You first use the group you saved from your selection to add its members to a new analysis.
You then use a group to combine elements with different parents to meet analysis requirements.
You then create two calculated items for an analysis to compare the average number of units
ordered for all beverage products and all baking products.
Time
15-20 minutes
Adding a Saved Group to an Analysis

s
Before creating a new group, add and format the group that you previously saved from your a
selection.
)h a
1. Click the Home link. m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
2. Verify that the Top Performers North America, Europe, and Northern group that you saved
appears in the Recent list on the Home page.
i m a- tude
3. Click the Analysis link in the Create section of the Home page.
4. Select the A Sample Sales subject area. f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
5. Create an analysis with Customers.Cust Region Hier and Base Facts.2-Billed Quantity.
a nk to u
( s alm ense
6. Open the Selection a n Steps e l ic
pane.
KhNewrStep l
ab link and choose Add Groups or Calculated Items > Select
7. Click the nThen,
a
lm Groups
Existing f e
s and Calculated Items.
a r a n
8. SIn the New
-t Select Existing Groups and Calculated Items dialog box, in the Available lists
o n
n pane, expand My Folders > Subject Area Contents > A Sample Sales.
Catalog
9. Click the down arrow and select the Top Performers North America, Europe, and
Northern group.
10. Click the Move button and then select Add to add the group distinctly at the bottom of your
analysis, including a container outline value indicating the group name. The other option,
Add Members, adds the groups members to the rest of your results without an outline
value.
11. Click OK.

Chapter 5 - Page 13
12. Click the Results tab and verify that the group appears at the bottom of the analysis and
that it contains other members. Do not save this analysis.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
Creating and Formatting
a n l
a Group
e ic
Create and saveK ahnew group
a l
bthat contains members that span different parents in the product
n r
fe Speakers
lmayourawill
hierarchy. You group MP3 System with other audio products for use in an analysis.
In thisacase, n sembed the group in the analysis instead of saving it as a separate object in
theS n -t Catalog.
Presentation
1. Use
o
n the A Sample Sales subject area to create a new analysis with the Products
Hierarchy hierarchy and Base Facts.1-Revenue. Click OK when prompted about moving
away from the preceding analysis page without saving.
2. Click the Results tab.

3. In the Products Hierarchy, expand Total Products > BizTech > Electronics > Audio and
verify that MP3 Speakers System is not a child of this type.
4. Locate MP3 Speakers System as a child of Accessories.
5. Create a group for audio products:
a. Click the New Group button on the toolbar to display the New Group dialog box.
b. Enter All Audio Products in the Display Label field.
c. Products.Product Hierarchy should already be selected in the Values From drop-
down list. If not, select it. If there are more attribute or hierarchical columns included in
the analysis, they can be selected here.

Chapter 5 - Page 14
d. In the Available list, expand Total Products > BizTech > Electronics > Audio.
e. Ctrl + click to select all of the Audio child products and then click the Move button to
add them to the Selected list.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
f. Expand Total Products > BizTech
k > s > Accessories, select MP3
Electronics
u
n t o
a it to theeSelected
Speakers System, and add list. Your group should appear as
l m s
(sa licen
follows:
n
ha able
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 5 - Page 15
6. Add a group format:
a. Click the Format button to select a format to indicate the group in your results.
b. In the Edit Format dialog box, set the font style to Bold.
c. In the Border section, click the left and right outer positions in the border diagram, and
then set the Border Color to red.
d. Click OK to close the Color Selector and check your work:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
o
e.n Click OK to close the Edit Format dialog box.
7. Click OK to close the New Group dialog box.
8. In the results, verify that the All Audio Products group has been added to the bottom of
your analysis. The group inherits the aggregation rule from the 1-Revenue measure, which
is Sum in this case, so that you can see the total amount of revenue for the combined audio
products at the group level in your results.

Chapter 5 - Page 16
9. Expand the All Audio Products group and verify that MP3 Speakers System is included
in the group.
10. Right-click All Audio Products and notice that there are options for viewing, editing, and
deleting the group.
11. Save your analysis as Product Sales with Audio Product Grouping in the My
Sales folder. The group is saved as an inline group with the analysis.
Creating Calculated Items

s a
Create two calculated items for an analysis to compare the average number of units ordered for
all audio products and all accessories. )h a
m
co uide
1. Create a new analysis in the A Sample Sales subject area with the Products Hierarchy
hierarchy and Base Facts.2-Billed Quantity: p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
a n k to us
3. Create a calculated item for the analysis:
a. Click the New Calculated
Item dialog box. (sa
lm Itemnbutton
s e on the toolbar to display the New Calculated
a n l i ceProducts in the Display Label field.
b. Enter Average
K h able for Audio
c. Notice
a that, r Custom Formula is selected for the Function, and that there is a
n byfedefault,
lm s
n mathematical operators present for building formulas with selected
toolbar with
Sa members.
n- t r a
d.no In the Function drop-down list, select Average, and note the other available functions
you can apply to members.
e. In the Available list, expand Total Products > BizTech > Electronics > Accessories
and select MP3 Speakers System. Then expand Total Products > BizTech >
Electronics > Audio, and select all of its child members. You can use Ctrl + click to
select multiple members in the list.
f. Click the Move button to add the selected members to the Selected list.

Chapter 5 - Page 17
4. Format the calculated item:
a. Click the Format button to select a format to indicate the group in your results.
b. In the Edit Format dialog box, set the font style to Bold.
c. In the Border section, set the Position to All, then set the Border Style to Thick and the
Border Color to red.
d. Click OK to close the Edit Format dialog box.
e. Click OK to close the New Calculated Item dialog box.

f. Verify that the calculated item appears correctly at the bottom of your analysis. Notice
that you cannot expand a calculated item in the hierarchy.
5. Use the above steps to add a calculated item named Average for Accessories that
provides average units sold for all members of the Accessories level of the product
s a
a
hierarchy. Set the border for this calculated item to blue to distinguish it. Your comparative
)h
averages should appear at the bottom of your analysis results as follows:
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ ethere th are options for viewing, editing,
6. Right-click either of the calculated items s
and notice
and deleting the calculated item. a nk to u
alm eUnits
7. Save your analysis as Product
s n se Ordered with Average Comparison in the
My Sales folder. n ( l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 18
Practice 5-3: Including Selected Members Based on Family
Relationships
Goal
In this practice, you include members in selection steps based on family relationships in a
hierarchy.
Scenario
You build an analysis and then use selection steps to include hierarchy family members.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
Use selection steps to include siblings of hierarchy family members.
s a
a
1. Create a new analysis in the A Sample Sales subject area with Products Hierarchy, T05
)h
Per Name Year, and 1-Revenue:
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
2. Click Results. i m a- tude
3. Create a selection rule to select the siblings @ fat is S
of LCD.
a. Open the Selection Steps pane. han e th
nk tselect
b. Under Products ProductsaHierarchy, o usThen, New Step > Select Members
based on Hierarchyatolm open thes
n e Hierarchy Selection Step dialog box.
New
n
c. In the Relationship ( s l e
ic Based on Family Relationship.
field, select
a l e
n Kh drop-down
d. In the Action
r a b lists, select Keep Only and Siblings Of.
e. In a
l m n s fe list, expand Total Products > HomeView > TV.
the Available
a
Sf. Select
- traonly LCD in the Available pane.
no n

Chapter 5 - Page 19
g. Click the Move button to move LCD to the Selected pane. This selection step is now
set up to keep only the siblings of LCD.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
h. Click OK to close the New Hierarchy Selection Step dialog box.
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 20
4. Notice that the selection step is updated and the results now contain only the siblings of
LCD:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
nothe selection step to include LCD:
5. Edit
a. Click the Edit button for Then, Keep Siblings of LCD to open the Edit Hierarchy
Selection Step dialog box.
b. Select Include selected members and click OK.

Chapter 5 - Page 21
c. Notice that the results set now includes LCD and Plasma, and the selection step is
updated with Include selected members.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. Create selection steps to include leaves of hierarchy family members.
a. Delete the selection step you just created: Then, Keep Siblings of LCD Include
selected members.
b. Under Products Products Hierarchy, select Then, New Step > Select Members
based on Hierarchy.
c. In the Relationship field, select Based on Family Relationship.
d. In the Action drop-down lists, select Keep Only and Leaves Of.
e. In the Available list, select Total Products and move it to the Selected pane.
f. Click OK.

Chapter 5 - Page 22
g. Notice that the selection step is updated, and the result set displays only the leaves of
the Products Hierarchy (members that have no children). The screenshot shows only a
partial view of the results.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
7. SApplyn t
a -condition to your results.
n o
a. Under Products Products Hierarchy, click Then, New Step > Apply a Condition to
open the New Condition Step dialog box.
b. In the Condition Type field, select All X values where Y = values.
c. In the Action drop-down lists, select Keep Only and Product. Note that Product is the
leaf node in the Products Hierarchy.
d. In the Column field, select Products.P4 Brand.

Chapter 5 - Page 23
e. In the Value field, select FunPod.
s a
f. Click OK to close the New Condition Step dialog box. )h a
8. Notice that the selection step is updated, and the result set displays only m
cothe leaves eof the
p u i d
FunPod brand (members that have no children).
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 24
s a
a
) h for
9. Right-click any one of the leaves (columns) in the analysis and notice theremare options
executing actions on hierarchy members: Keep Only, Remove, Keep p co Related,
Only
u ide
Remove Related, and Add Related. u
ro nt G
- g
a tude
t i m
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
10. Save the analysis as Selected Members based on Family Relationships in the
My Sales folder.

Chapter 5 - Page 25
Practice 5-4: Executing a Direct Database Analysis
Goal
In this practice, you create and issue a database analysis directly to a physical back-end
database.
Scenario
Set the appropriate privilege to execute direct database analysis, and then create, display, and
manipulate a direct database analysis.
Time
15-20 minutes
Task
1. Verify that the BI Administrator role has privileges to create and issue direct database
a
has
analyses. Recall that your user is assigned the BI Administrator role. Any user can execute
a direct database analysis, provided that the administrator has granted the user this
)
privilege.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a. In the Global Header, click the Administration link to open the Administration page.
-g den
b. In the Security section, click the Manage Privileges link. The Privilege Administration
a
atim is Stu
window is displayed. In the Answers section (scroll down to it), locate the Execute
f
Direct Database Analysis privilege. Notice that BI Administrator Role is assigned to
this privilege.
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Click Home.

Chapter 5 - Page 26
2. Create and execute an analysis. You compare the results of this analysis with the results of
a direct database analysis in the next step.
associated filters:
Customers. C1 Customer Name, Base Facts.1-Revenue
C3 Customer Type is equal to / is in Platinum
1-Revenue is greater than 90,000
s a
)h a
c m
o ide
Note: If you add the C3 Customer Type column to your analysis p
u to create uthe filter,
r o t G
delete it from the analysis after creating the filter. Recall
a -gselect n way to do this is
that another
d e
to click the Create a Filter button in the Filters pane
a t i m and
S t u you toColumns,
More which
opens a selection window for the current Subject
@ f Area,
i s allowing select a column
an se t
without adding it to the Selected Columns pane. h
k h u
b. Click the Results tab.
a n t o
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 27
3. Create and execute a direct database analysis.
a. Click the New button in the Global Header and select Analysis.
b. Click the Create Direct Database Request link.
s a
) h a
c. At the confirmation message, click Leave Page to navigate away from
c m
o this ipage.
e
d
up t GuThis is the
d. In the Connection Pool field, enter Sample Relational Connection.
r o
g of theeOracle
name of the connection pool specified in the Physical -layer n BI repository.
a d
Statement from Direct Database Request.txt, f a im statement.
e. In the SQL Statement field, enter the following tSQL
S tu You can copy the SQL
is is located in D:\Create
which
n @ t h
Analyses Dashboards\StudentFiles.
k hasum(samp_revenue_F.Revenue)
u se
SELECT samp_customers_D.Name,
a n t o
FROM samp_customers_D, m e
al ens = samp_revenue_F.cust_key and
samp_revenue_F
n ( s
WHERE (samp_customers_D.cust_key
l ic = 'TYPE 4')
a
samp_customers_D.type_key
l e
hsamp_customers_D.Name
b
K90000
GROUP BY
n r<asum(samp_revenue_F.Revenue)
a
having
s f e
f.alm a
Your SQL nstatement should appear as follows:
S n-t r
no
g. Click the Validate SQL and Retrieve Columns button and verify that the appropriate
columns appear under Result Columns.

Chapter 5 - Page 28
h. Click the Results tab and verify that you get results similar to those obtained in the
previous step when you used an analysis.
a
) has
4. Save the analysis as Direct Database Analysis in the My Sales c om Leave
folder.
i d e
Presentation Services open for the next practice.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 29
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 5 - Page 30
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
a -g den
Adding
f atimViews
S tuto Analyses
a n @ 6 this
Chapter
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you will explore and work with a variety of views and graphs in your
analyses.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 2
Practice 6-1: Modifying and Formatting Views
Goal
In this practice, you modify the results of saved analyses to change the formatting of the default
Compound Layout and the views that it contains.
Scenario
Add, format, and arrange Table, Filters, and Graph views within a Compound Layout, then
create copies with different views and arrangements. Then add a graph to an analysis
containing the product hierarchy and drill in the hierarchy.
Time
20-30 minutes
Editing Table Display

a
has
1. Sign in to Oracle BI and search for the Sales by State analysis.
)
a. If necessary, start Oracle Business Intelligence Presentation Services and sign in.
b. Click Home. c om ide
o up t Gu
c. Click the All Content link in the Browse/Manage section, then select Browse Oracle
r
BI Presentation Catalog.
a -g den
d. Click the Search button
atim is Stu
to search the catalog.
f
h a n@ e th
e. In the Search pane, enter Sales by Country in the Search field.
s
nk to u
f. In the Location field, /My Folders/MySales should be selected by default. If not,
a
use the down arrow to select it.
s alm ense
g. Select Analysis in the Type field and click Search.
(
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
2. Use the Layout pane to modify the Sales by State analysis and its Table view.
a. In the search results, select the row for the Sales by Country analysis.
b. In the Tasks pane on the left, click Edit to open the analysis in the Analysis Editor.
c. For the Table view, click the Edit View button to open the Layout pane.
d. Expand the Layout pane.
e. Navigate to the Columns and Measures section and use the More Options button to
remove the C50 Region and C51 Area columns from the analysis.

Chapter 6 - Page 3
f. Click OK to confirm that the selected columns will be removed from all views. Notice
that the results are updated.
s a
a
) h and
g. Use the Subject Areas pane to add the Fact > Base Facts > 11- Fixed
c m Costs
o Notice e
Fact > Base Facts > 10- Variable Costs columns to the analysis
u
pMeasures
results. i d
u sectionthat
the columns are added to both the results and the Columns
g r oand
n t G of
-
the Layout pane.
3. Edit the display properties for the Table view. fati
ma Stude
a. Click the Table View Properties button n is to edit display properties for
@ on thethtoolbar
a
kh o us e
the Table view.
n
a box, esettthe following:
b. In the Table Properties m dialog
a l ns
Paging Controls(s i c e Top
a n l e l
Rows K perhPage b 10
n
a Folder r a
fe & Column Headings
a lmDisplay a n s As Folder.Column
S Enable
n r
-t alternate styling Selected
n o
c. Click the Format button for the Set Alternate Format option to set the background
color for the alternating green bars in the table.
d. In the Edit Format dialog box, set the cell Background Color to light blue, and click
OK.

Chapter 6 - Page 4
e. Click OK to close the Table Properties dialog box and verify that your changes are
reflected in the results preview. Your results should now display the folder name with
the column, page controls on top, alternating blue bars, and should include 10 rows on
the results page:
a
) has
c om ide
f. Reset the folder and column headings to display only the column heading.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
g. Click Done to close the Table editor and return to the default Compound Layout.
Adding Filters and Filter Views

1. Add the named filter you created earlier to the Sales by State analysis.
b. In the Catalog pane, expand My Folders > Subject Area Contents > A Sample
Sales and select the APAC Region, 2008 filter.
c. Click the Add More Options button to open the Apply Saved Filter dialog box.
d. Accept the defaults in the Apply Saved Filter dialog box and click OK to add the filter to
your analysis.
e. Place the cursor over the filter in the Filters pane. Notice that you can copy and paste
the filter, and you can view the filter to validate it. Click the View Saved Filter button
to review the filters contents.
f. Review the filter contents and click Close to close the View Saved Filter dialog box.
g. Click the Results tab.

Chapter 6 - Page 5
h. In the Views pane on the left, click the New View button , and select Filters. A
Filters view displays the named filter and includes a View link to open the View Saved
Filter dialog box.
i. Click Done in the Filters Editor.

j. Verify that the new Filters view appears in the Views pane.
s a
a
)h
k. Select the Filters view in the Views pane and click the Add View c m
o idtoeadd it to
button
the Compound Layout. p
u t Gu
r o
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
l. In the Compound Layout, click the Remove View from Compound Layout button for
the Filters view.

Chapter 6 - Page 6
m. Notice that the Filters view still appears in the Views pane. To completely remove the
view from the analysis, you would click the Remove View from Analysis button in the
Views pane. For this example, add the Filters view back into the Compound Layout.
2. Highlight this filter so that users understand why the results are limited to states in the
APAC region.
a. Drag the Filter view to the top of the Compound Layout, above the Table view but
below the Title view. A blue bar indicates a valid drop point in the Compound Layout for
the view.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 7
b. Format the container of the Filter view in the Compound Layout to highlight its
presence by marking it yellow. Hint: Use the Format Container dialog box.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
c. To verify that the container emphasis
n us create a printable PDF of the
k istoworking,
Compound Layout as it m
l a e in a dashboard. Click the Print this analysis
would appear
a n s
button (s lice
and select Printable PDF.
d. Verify thath anFiltersblview
the e is highlighted in the results of the PDF file.
n K ra
lm a s f e
Sa n-tran
no
e. Close the browser window or tab to close the printable PDF.

Chapter 6 - Page 8
Adding and Formatting a Graph View
1. Create a Graph view and set its properties.
a. On the toolbar, click the New View button and select Graph > Bar >
Recommended Subtype. Notice that you can also select Vertical for the same effect.
The default recommended graph view for this data set is Vertical Bar. A Graph view is
added to the bottom of the Compound Layout. Notice that the Graph view has also
been added to the Views pane.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
b. Click the Edit View button fornthe k Graph
t o usin the Compound Layout to open the
view
a
m nseselect the Graph view in the Views pane and click
Graph Editor. You can lalternatively
s aThe
a n (
the Edit View button.
l i ce Layout.
difference is simply that in the first approach, you are editing
the view from
K
within
h collapse
a b lethe Layout pane.
the Compound
an sfeclick
c. If necessary, r
d. lm n
On the toolbar, Vertical to display the Graph Sub-Type drop-down list, and select
Sa Horizontal.
- t r a
non
e. Switch the graph back to Vertical.

Chapter 6 - Page 9
2. Click the Edit Graph Properties button to open the Graph properties dialog box. Note
that depending on the graph type, the available options and tabs in this dialog box will differ
as appropriate.
3. Explore and set options on the General tab.
a. Notice the Canvas Width and Canvas Height settings. These settings allow you to
specify in pixels the size of the graphs real estate. Leave the settings as they are.
b. The Legend drop-down list allows you to specify the location of the graph legend.
Leave this set to Default (Right).
c. The Zoom and Scroll options allow you to enable the use of zooming and scrolling in
graphs that support it. Select Enable for Horizontal Axis and Enable for Vertical
Axis.
d. The Listen to Master-Detail Events option determines whether the graph will act as a
detail participant in a master-detail relationship. You use this option in a later practice.
e. The Animate graph on Display option is selected by default. This option renders graphs
by using animation when they are displayed.
a
f. Check your work on the General tab:
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
4. Explore and set options on the Style tab.

a. Click the Style tab.
b. The Style drop-down list allows you to select different graph styles. The options
available depend on the type of graph you are formatting. Set the style to Rectangle.
c. The Style and Conditional formatting allows you to set position and condition-based
formatting for the graph. You will use this option later in this practice.
d. The 3D option allows you to add 3D effects to the graph elements. To preserve its
clarity, do not select this option for your graph.

Chapter 6 - Page 10
e. The Plot Area section allows you to set properties for the plot area, which is above the
canvas. Use the Background option to set the background color of your graph to light
gray in the Color Selector.
f. The Gridlines and associated options allow you to set horizontal and vertical grid lines
and specify their colors. Leave the default, so that no grid lines appear in your graph.
g. Using the controls in the Legend section, you can set the background and border of the
legend area. Leave the Background option defaulted to Transparent, and set the
border to the color red by using the Color Selector.
h. The Canvas Colors and Borders section allows you to set the background color for the
graphs canvas. Set the background color to dark gray (darker than the color used on
the plot area) and retain the Gradient option, which specifies that the canvas
background should fade to white from top to bottom of the Graph view. Set the Border
to black.
i. Check your work on the Style tab:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
5. Explore and set options on the Scale tab.

a. Select the Scale tab.
b. The Axis Limits section allows you to set specific axis limits instead of letting the
system do it for you by default. Accept the default, Dynamic, to let the system
determine the scale and set the axis to zero for positive numbers.
c. The Axis Scale section allows you to set specific numbers of major and minor tick
marks in the graph. Retain the default, Dynamic, which allows the system to determine
the appropriate tick marks based on the data in the graph.

Chapter 6 - Page 11
d. Check your work on the Scale tab:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
6. Add a scale marker indicating underperforming
h a n@statese ttohyour graph on the Scale tab. Note
kmeasuring s in the case of this scale marker, and
udollars
when viewing this scale that you are
not other available measures inathe nanalysis.
t o
s almEditebutton
n se to open the Scale Markers dialog box. Scale
markers are a n
either
(
a. Click the Scale Markers
lines
c
orlishaded background ranges that are used to mark points
l
Kh inratheb graph.
and thresholds
e
n
a the Add febutton to add a new scale marker.
b. m
a l Click n s
Sc. Give
n - ra marker a Caption of Underperforming, set the Type to Range, and enter a
tthe
nolow value of 1 and a high value of 250000.
Tip: You can also reference a presentation variable, a measure column, or a SQL
query.
d. Leave the range color set to red.
e. Click OK.
7. Explore and set options on the Titles and Labels tab.
a. Select the Titles and Labels tab.
b. This tab allows you to set and format graph and axis titles and labels in the graph. In
the Graph Title section, deselect the Use measure name as graph title option and
enter APAC Sales 2008 as the title.

Chapter 6 - Page 12
c. In the Axis Titles section, retain the default to display the columns and measures as the
respective titles for the axes of the graph.
d. Note that by using the Format options on this tab, you can also set font and number
formatting for labels throughout the graph.
e. Check your work on the Titles and Labels tab:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a
f. Click OK to save n your e l ic and close the Graph Properties dialog box. Verify that
changes
Kh appear l
your changes
n
theatoolbar s e rab in tothemake
if fnecessary
Graph Editor. Click the Hide/Show Layout Pane button on
space to view the results of your work. Your results
a lm
shouldra n
look similar to the screenshot.
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 13
g. To test the zoom and scroll settings you made, click the magnifying glass icon on the
lower corner of the graph and experiment with the zoom options. When you zoom in,
you can then scroll through additional areas of the graph.
h. Roll your mouse over the rectangles in the graph and verify that the data values
appear.
8. Change the measures in the graph.
a. If necessary, show the Layout pane.

b. Drag the 11- Fixed Costs measure from Measures to the Excluded drop target to
exclude it from your sales graph.
c. Notice that the graph refreshes to show only the measures 10- Variable Costs and 1-
Revenue.
9. Instead of grouping and displaying all of the states, use a State slider to display one state at
a time.
a. In the Bars drop target in the Layout pane, notice that you are grouping the measures
by C52 Country Name, the attribute.
a
) has
b. Drag the C52 Country Name attribute column from the Bars > Group By drop target to
the Sections drop target. Select the Display as Slider option for Sections and verify
c om ide
that the sections are all subsumed in the Graph view, but with a slider indicating the

current selected state.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 14
c. Drag the slider to India to display that country.
s a
)h a
m
o countries.
d. Use the Increase and Decrease buttons to scroll throughc
u p the
u ide
- g ro nt G
e. Click the Play button to automatically scroll through the available states.
i m a tude
f. Click the Pause button to review a state that is of interest.
10. Add position formatting to your graph. Set the Revenuet
fa is Sto appear as green and the
bars
Variable Costs bars to appear as dark blue. @ th
a. Click the Edit Graph Propertieskbuttonh an to open
s e the Graph Properties dialog box.
n t o u
b. Click the Style tab.
l m a e
s
sa licforenthe Style and Conditional Formatting option.
c. Click the Format (button
d. On the Style n
haFormatting
l ebutton
tab of the Style and Conditional Formatting dialog box, click
the AddK
n ra b
New Position and select green as its color.
e. lm a
Add a second f e
s position and select dark blue as its color. Note that the position
a
S n-t r a n
relationships correspond to the positions of the measures in the Measures drop target
noin the Layout pane of the Graph Editor. The dialog box should appear as follows:
f. Click OK to close the Style and Conditional Formatting dialog box.

g. Click OK to close the Graph Properties dialog box.

Chapter 6 - Page 15
h. Verify your results by selecting India in the slider. Your results should look similar to
the screenshot.
s a
)h a
m
o iadhigh
ccrossed e
11. Add conditional formatting to your graph to indicate countries that have
threshold for fixed costs. Build a condition to display Fixed Costs u p
as orangeG inuthe graph if
they exceed 150,000. - g ro nt
a. Click the Edit Graph Properties button to open t i m
the u de dialog box.
aGraphtProperties
b. Click the Style tab. @ fa is S
a
for thehStyle e th Formatting option to open the
n and Conditional
c. Click the Format button
Style and Conditional Formatting us
nkdialogtobox.
a
lm nstab. e
d. Click the Conditional
( s aFormatting
e
n
e. Click the 10- Variable
a l ic measure.
Costs
e
f. Click Add KhCondition l
ab Format and select 10- Variable Costs.
g. m a n
In the New s f e r
Condition dialog box, set the Operator to is greater than.
a l r a n
Sh. Enter n -t the value 150000.
o
i. n Click OK.
j. Select orange as the color for the conditional format.

Chapter 6 - Page 16
k. Check your work in the Style and Conditional Formatting dialog box:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
l. Click OK to close the Style and Conditional Formatting
i m a- dialog
t u e and then click OK to
dbox,
close the Graph Properties dialog box. t
fa is S
m. Select Australia in the slider.
a n @ th
h e
us turns orange to indicate that Australia
a nkCosts.
n. Verify that the Variable Costs bar
has more than 150,000 Variable
in the graph
t o
Your results should look similar to the
screenshot:
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
12. View the results in the Compound Layout.

a. Click Done on the upper-right corner to close the Graph Editor and return to the
Compound Layout.
b. If necessary, scroll down and verify that the Graph view is displayed below the Table
view.

Chapter 6 - Page 17
Modifying the Title View
Change the title view in the Compound Layout.
1. Scroll up to the Title view.
2. Click the Edit View button for the Title view.
3. Enter APAC Region Sales 2008 in the Title field.
4. Deselect the Display Saved Name option.

5. Review the other options that you can apply to a Title view, but retain the defaults.
6. Click Done to return to the Compound Layout and verify that the title view is changed.
Rearranging the Compound Layout

Move the views to change the display.
a
has
1. Scroll down to the Graph view.
)
2. Drag the Graph view to the top of the Compound Layout and drop it between the Title view
and the Filters View.
c om ide
3. Drag the Table view to the left of the Graph view.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
4. Leave the Filters view at the bottom. Your layout should look similar to the screenshot.
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
5. Save the analysis as APAC Region Sales with Graph in the My Sales folder.
Adding Compound Layouts

1. Create a copy of the Compound Layout, then remove its filter view and rearrange the Table
and Graph views in the copy.
a. Click the Duplicate Compound Layout button .

Chapter 6 - Page 18
b. Verify that the new Compound Layout:2 is selected.
c. Remove the Filters view from the Compound Layout:2 duplicate.

d. Drag the Table view to the right of the Graph view. Your layout should look similar to
the screenshot.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
2. Create a new Compound Layout. a nk to u
s alm Layout
a. Click the Create Compound e n sebutton .
n ( l ic Layout:3 does not inherit any properties from the
a
b. Notice that the e
new Compound
l
h Titleabview is added to the new Compound Layout, representing the
Knew
others. A
l
n
a Titlesview
default
m f er setting, which displays the saved name of the analysis.
Sa n-tran
no
c. Notice that the new title view (Title:2) appears in the Views pane for the analysis. You
could now begin building the Compound Layout by adding new or existing views from
the View pane.
d. Click the Delete Compound Layout button to delete the third Compound Layout.

Chapter 6 - Page 19
e. Save the analysis.
Drilling on Graphs
The Product Sales with Audio Product Grouping analysis includes the Products Total hierarchy
and a custom grouping for All Audio Products. Just as you can expand hierarchy columns or
groupings in a Pivot Table to display more detail, you can drill on graph elements that are
created from hierarchy columns or groupings.

1. Navigate to the Product Sales with Audio Product Grouping analysis and open it for
editing.
2. On the Results tab, add a horizontal bar Graph view to the Compound Layout.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l icin the graph to display the next level of the Product
h ab
3. Drill on the Total Products l bar
hierarchy.n K er
l m a s f
Sa n-tran
no
4. Click the browser Back button to return to the top level in the hierarchy in the graph.

Chapter 6 - Page 20
5. Drill on the bar for the All Audio Products group. Notice that the graph shows a bar for the
group itself at the top of the graph and then all of its children in the remaining bars for
relative analysis.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
6. Click the browser Back button. a -g den
7. Save the analysis.
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 21
Practice 6-2: Using the Table View
Goal
In this practice, you use the Table view to show results in a standard table, experiment with the
use of sections and prompts, and add additional features, including totals and bins.
Scenario
Use the Table view to display column totals and grand totals, combine values into bins, and
specify Table view properties, such as location of paging controls, number of rows per page,
green bar styling, and column and table headings.
Time
15-20 minutes
Creating a Filtered Table

a
has
1. Create the following new analysis and associated filters using the A Sample Sales subject
area:
)
Columns Product.P4 Brand c om ide
Time.T03 Per Name Qtr
r o up t Gu
Time.T02 Per Name Month a -g den
Facts.1- Revenue f atim is Stu
Filters a
P4 Brand is equal to / is in @ FunPod
nBizTech; th
h s e
AND
a nk to u
T05 Per Name
a e to / is in 2008
lmYearnissequal
ANDn ( s l ic e
a l e
n KhT02 Per
r a bName Month is equal to / is in 2008 / 10; 2008 / 11
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Note: If you add the Year column to your analysis to create the filter, delete it from the
analysis after creating the filter.

Chapter 6 - Page 22
2. Turn off the default drill interaction for the P4 Brand and T03 Per Name Qtr columns.
a. In the T03 Per Name Qtr column, click the More Options button and select Column
Properties.
b. In the Column Properties dialog box, click the Interaction tab.
c. In the Primary Interaction drop-down list for the Value, select None.
d. Click OK to close the dialog box.
e. Repeat the steps to turn off the drill interaction for the P4 Brand column in this analysis.
In this case, turn off the drill interaction for the Column Heading, not the value.
f. Click the Results tab. Notice that the P4 Brand column heading, and values for the
T03 Per Name Qtr column, are black font color, indicating that there is no drill
interaction. Drill interaction is indicated by blue font color.
s a
a
) hsetthe
m
3. Set the P4 Brand column as a table prompt to create a prompt for its values, and
co uide
T03 Per Name Qtr column as a section.
p
u tablet toGthe Table
a. In the Compound Layout, drag the P4 Brand column above
g r othe nappear in blue as
a
Prompts drop target. The Table Prompts and Sections -drop targets
d e
you drag over them. Note that you can make the
f a tim tu by right-clicking the
same change
S
column header and selecting Move Column
a n e his
@ > To tPrompts.
n kh o us
l m a e t
s
n (sa licen
K ha able
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
b. Verify the table prompt by selecting different brands and observing the results.

Chapter 6 - Page 23
c. Drag the T03 Per Name Month column to the Sections drop target, which is just below
the table prompt. Note that you can make the same change by right-clicking the
column header and selecting Move Column > To Sections.
s a
d. Save the analysis in the My Sales folder as My Table View Table )Prompt h a and
o m
Sections.
u p c uide
Adding Totals - g ro nt G
1. Remove the table prompt and the section. i m a tude
t
faas a result Sof selections made in the
@
a. On the Criteria tab, remove any filters applied
h i s
t as follows:
k h anshouldseappear
table prompt during testing. Your filters
n t o u
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
b. Return to h Results
Kthe a l
b tab and click the Edit View button for the Table view.
c. In a
n r
e of the Table editor, drag the P4 Brand column from the Table
fpane
a lm the Layout
n s
S n-tra
Prompts to the Table drop target.
no

Chapter 6 - Page 24
d. Drag T03 Per Name Month from the Sections drop target to the Table drop target.
Check your work:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 25
2. Add a grand total to the bottom of the table.
a. In the Columns and Measures drop target, click the Totals button and select After.
b. Hide the Layout pane.
c. In the Results pane, view the total.
3. Format P4 Brand and add subtotals for T03 Per Name Qtr to the table.
a. Display the Layout pane again.
b. Under Columns and Measures, for the P4 Brand column, click the More Options
button , select Format Values, and set the font style for the columns values to
Bold. a
c. In the T03 Per Name Qtr column, click the Totals button ) has
and select After to add
monthly subtotals.
c om ide
d. Your analysis should look similar to the following:
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n fe
lmthea analysis
4. Click Done.
a n s
S n-tra in the My Sales folder as My Table View Totals.
5. Save
no an Analysis with Bins

Creating
1. Create a product analysis with customized bins of products.
2. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create an analysis with the columns Products.P2
Product Type, Products.P2 Product Type, and Base Facts.1- Revenue.
3. Note: You add the Products.P2 Product Type column twice.

4. Select More Options > Column Properties for the first Type column and rename it to
Binned Product Type.
Tip: Use the Column Format tab to customize your column headings.

Chapter 6 - Page 26
5. Create bins for specific products.
a. Select More Options > Edit Formula for Binned Product Type.
b. On the Column Formula tab, notice the column formula. You will compare this to the
formula generated after you create bins in subsequent steps.
c. Select the Bins tab.
d. Click Add Bin to open the New Filter dialog box.
e. Leave Operator set to is equal to / is in.

f. In the Value drop-down list, select the following values: Accessories, Audio, LCD,
Install.
g. Click OK to close the New Filter dialog box. The Edit Bin Name dialog box appears.
h. Name the bin Accessories Bin.
i. Click OK to close the Edit Bin Name dialog box.
j. The bin is added to the Edit Column Formula dialog box.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
k. Add another bin named Cameras Bin
h a n@ e th the following product types:
that includes
Camera, Cell Phones, Smart k o us
nPhones.
l. Select Create a bin forlm
a e t and name the bin Other Product Types
s
all other values
Bin.
n (sa licen
K ha able
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
m. Click the Column Formula tab and notice that the column formula is changed to a CASE
statement.
n. Click OK to close the Edit Column Formula dialog box.

Chapter 6 - Page 27
6. Click Results. Your table should look similar to the screenshot.
7. Save the analysis as Binned Product Type in the My Sales folder.

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 6 - Page 28
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
a -g den
Showing
f atim iResults
S tu with Pivot
a n @ th s
Tables
k h Chapter
u se7
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 7: Showing Results with Pivot Tables

Chapter 7 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you create Pivot Table views and explore their sorting, formatting, and other
options. You use pivot tables to display running sums and measures as percentages of whole.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 7 - Page 2
Practice 7-1: Working with Pivot Tables
Goal
In this practice, you use the Pivot Table view to display results in Oracle Business Intelligence.
Scenario
Use a Pivot Table view to take row, column, and section headings and swap them around to
obtain different perspectives of the data. You create multiple drop-down lists for attributes, add
totals, override default aggregation rules for measures, display an items relative value, use
calculations, and modify pivot table formatting.
Time
20-25 minutes
Task
a
has
1. Create an analysis and work with its Pivot Table view.
)
associated filter:
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ includes
b. Click the Results tab. Because your analysis
e th a hierarchy, a pivot table
s
nk to u
appears by default in the compound layout.
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Click the Edit View button for the Pivot Table view to open the Pivot Table Editor.

Chapter 7 - Page 3
d. Click the Display Results button to hide the results preview, and then drag the
Layout pane to the top of the Editor workspace.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
e. Drag T05 Per Name Year from Rows n to@ h Prompts drop target to create
the PivottTable
a prompt for the pivot table. h a s e
f. Click the Display Results a nk to display
button t o uthe results preview and drag the Layout
a l m s e
pane below the preview
n
g. In the Layout pane,(sdrag in
l
P1i
the
c en
editor.
Product to the Columns drop target. Make sure that P1
ProductKish
a ble Labels.
below Measure
a n f e ra
lm s
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 7 - Page 4
h. Check your work:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
a n k to us
i. Your results should look
a l e following:
msimilarntosthe
n (s lice
a
h able
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 7 - Page 5
j. Move your cursor over the 1- Revenue measure label, select its handle, and drag it
below the column titles:
k. Move the 1- Revenue measure label back to its original position.

2. s a
Add sorts to the pivot table. Because your analysis includes a hierarchical column on the
row edge, you can sort members, measures, and rows.
)h a
m
co uide
a. Sort the members in the hierarchy by using the header cell. Click the Sort Descending
carat . p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
b. Your results should look similar to the following. Notice that sort descending on the
header cell applied sort descending to all members of the hierarchy.

Chapter 7 - Page 6
c. Right-click Customers Total and select Sort > Sort Descending. Notice that by sorting
descending on Customers Total, 1- Revenue for lower members in the hierarchy is not
sorted ascending or descending.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
d. Right-clickKhEMEA aand l
btheselect Sort > Sort Ascending to set an ascending sort on the
EMEAn region e r
a aresfrearranged
using single column on the row edge. Notice that the P1 Product
l m
columns n to match the column sort. Notice that the columns on the other
Sa edge - t r a
are re-sorted.
non
e. Experiment with other sorts on various edges of the pivot table.

3. Add totals to the pivot table.
a. Return to the Layout pane, click the Totals button in the Columns drop target and
select After.
b. Click the Totals button in the Rows drop target and select After.

Chapter 7 - Page 7
c. Your results should look similar to the following:
4. Override the default aggregation rule for the 1- Revenue measure. The default aggregation
rule is specified in the Oracle BI repository, or by the original author of a report. In this
example, the default aggregation rule for 1- Revenue is SUM.
a. Navigate to the United States and note that the total 1- Revenue amount for United
States is 647,312. Compare this value with the value after you override the default
aggregation rule in the next steps.
s a
b. In the Layout pane, click the More Options button h a
for the 1- Revenue)measure.
c. Select Aggregation Rule > Average.
c m
o ide

up t Gu
r o
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 7 - Page 8
d. Check your results. Notice that the total 1- Revenue amount for all Customer regions is
now the average rather than the sum. For example, the total 1- Revenue amount for
United States is 215,771.
s a
a
h the
)how
e. Experiment with some of the other available aggregation rules and notice
c m
o ide
value changes for total 1- Revenue.
uis pset tot Sum).
u
f. After you finish, reset the aggregation rule to Default (which r o G
5. Add green bar styling and formatting to the Pivot table toamake -g it more
d e nvisually appealing.
a. Click the Pivot Table View Properties button f atimonistheSeditors
tu toolbar. The Pivot
Table Properties dialog box appears. n@ th
h a e
b. Select the Enable alternate styling
n k option.
t o us
c. In the Alternate drop-down l a e All Columns.
m list, nselect
a s
d. If desired, click the
n (sSet alternate
l i ce format button to modify the formatting of the
a
alternatinghrows.
b le
K a
e. Click
l m anOK tosclosef er the Pivot Table Properties dialog box.
Sf.a Check t r n work. Your results should look similar to the following:
ayour
-
non

Chapter 7 - Page 9
6. Add formatting for sections and section content. Include the column heading, set a page
break for each time the section changes, and retain the default behavior, which is
suppressing blank rows in the sections.
a. Move the T05 Per Name Year column from Pivot Table Prompts to the Sections drop
target. Notice that the Pivot table is now divided into three sections, one for each year.
b. In the Layout pane, click the Section Properties button in the Sections drop target.
c. In the Insert Page Break drop-down list, select Innermost Column. Note that because
you have only one column breaking the sections up, there is no difference in selecting
Innermost and Outermost Column. Also note that when you have more than two
columns, you can determine the page break by selecting the column namefor
example, Time.T05 Per Name Year.
d. Select the Display Heading option to display the section heading.
e. Click OK to close the Section Properties dialog box.
f. Check your work. Your results should look similar to the following:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
7. Show dollars as a percentage of the total for each section.
a -g den
a. In the Layout pane, click the More Options button
f a timfor 1-SRevenue.
tu
b. Select Duplicate Layer.
a n @ this
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Click the More Options button for the duplicate 1- Revenue column that you just
created, and select Format Headings. The Edit Format dialog box appears.
d. In the Caption field, enter % Revenue.
e. Click OK.

Chapter 7 - Page 10
f. Click the More Options button for % Revenue, and select Show Data As > Percent of
> Section.
a
g. has
Your results should look similar to the screenshot. % Revenue displays the percentage
)
c om ide
of the section in which it is included. For example, in the Year 2008 section, the EMEA
region sold 23.8 percent of all of the 7 Megapixel Digital Camera sold in that year, and
o up t Gu
37.2 percent of all the (Install, Bluetooth Adaptor, and 7 Megapixel Digital Camera)
r
sold together in that year. a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
8. Build a calculation that identifies combined Revenue and percentages for 7 Megapixel
Digital Camera and Bluetooth Adaptor only.
a. In the Layout pane, click the More Options button for the P1 Product column.
b. Select New Calculated Item. The Calculated Item dialog box appears.
c. In the Display Label field, enter Camera & Adaptor.
d. In the Function drop-down list, select Sum.

Chapter 7 - Page 11
e. In the Available list, select the 7 Megapixel Digital Camera and Bluetooth Adaptor
values and add them to the Selected list. Use the Search button to narrow the
available members for your selection.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
f. Click OK.
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
a
g. Verify that the calculated
s e se in the results. There should be one calculated
lmitem isnincluded
n (
item for 1- Revenue and one
l icsugar
for % Revenue. The results show combined revenue and
percentages a
h ab
for l
powdered e and white sugar only. For example, in Year 2008,
n
combinedK sales r
of 7 Megapixel Digital Camera and Bluetooth Adaptor in the EMEA
lm a
region was s f e
708,295, which is 34.4% of all the (Install, 7 Megapixel Digital Camera, and
a
S n-t r a
Bluetooth
nAdaptor) sold together in that year.
no
h. Click Done.
i. Save the analysis as My Pivot Table in the My Sales folder.

Chapter 7 - Page 12
Practice 7-2: Displaying Running Sums in Pivot Tables
Goal
In this practice, you display running sums in a Pivot table.
Scenario
You display a running sum for dollars from January through December of 2008, and a running
sum for percentage of dollars from January through December of 2008.
Time
15-20 minutes
Task
You now build a pivot table that contains running sums for revenue throughout each month of
the year 2008. You also create running sums of the percentage of revenue for the year for each
month. s a
)h
1. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following analysis and associated
a
filters. m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f t
apane S
@
Note: Use the Create a Filter button in the Filters
t h i
to sselect the T05 Per Name Year
h
column from the A Sample Sales subject
k anarea for
s e your filter, so that it is not added to the
selected columns for the analysis.n
t o u
a
s a lm month
2. Create a CASE formula to display
e n senames in the second month column.
(
a. Click the MorenOptions button
l ic for second T02 Per Name Month column and select
a l e
Kh editor,
Edit Formula.
nformula rabselect Time.T02 Per Name Month and remove the text.
b. In a
l
the
m ans f e
a
Sc. Click- r Insert Function button
tthe .
n o n

Chapter 7 - Page 13
d. Expand Functions > Expressions, and select Case (If). Click OK to insert the Case
function.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
r
e. Select the text request_condition1, and then select Column
g ou> T02
n t G Name Month.
Per
-
a tude
t i m
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 7 - Page 14
f. Insert your cursor in the expression after the column name and enter = 2008 /
01.
a
) has
c om ide
g. Select the text expr1, and replace it with January. ro
up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
h. Complete the CASE formula with additional WHEN/THEN statements for the remaining
months of the year, and remove the optional ELSE expression. The complete formula
is shown below:
CASE
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 01' THEN 'January'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 02' THEN 'February'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 03' THEN 'March'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 04' THEN 'April'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 05' THEN 'May'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 06' THEN 'June'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 07' THEN 'July'

Chapter 7 - Page 15
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 08' THEN 'August'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 09' THEN 'September'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 10' THEN 'October'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 11' THEN 'November'
WHEN "Time"."T02 Per Name Month" = '2008 / 12' THEN 'December'
END
i. Select Custom Headings, and enter Month Name for the Column Heading.
j. Compare your results screenshot below:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
k. Click OK. If the error Invalid Alias Format: Table_name.Column_name

required is displayed, click OK (Ignore Error).
3. Set an ascending sort on the T02 Per Name Month column, and then hide the column so
that it does not appear in the results.
a. Click the More Options button for the T02 Per Name Month column and select Sort >
Sort Ascending.
b. Click the More Options button for the T02 Per Name Month column and select
Column Properties. The Column Properties dialog box appears.
c. On the Column Format tab, select the Hide option.

Chapter 7 - Page 16
d. Click OK.
4. Add a pivot table with totals.
a. Click the Results tab. Because the analysis contains attribute columns, but no
hierarchy columns, the Compound Layout defaults to a table view.
s a
) h a
b. Click the New View button and select Pivot Table.
c m
o ide
c. Click the Edit View button for the Pivot Table view to open the

upPivottTable
u Editor.
r o G
d. For consistency, because you just hid the T02 Per Name
a -g Month
d e n on the Criteria
column
tim Another
tab, click its More Options button and select Hidden.
drag the column to the Excluded drop point.fa S tu approach would be to
a n @ After.this
e. Click the Totals button for Rows and
k h select
u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
o
f. n Check your results:

Chapter 7 - Page 17
5. Build a running sum column for the 1- Revenue measure.
a. Click the More Options button for the 1- Revenue measure and select Duplicate
Layer.
b. Click the More Options button for the duplicate 1- Revenue column and select Format
Headings. The Edit Format dialog box appears.
c. In the Caption field, enter Running Sum Revenue.
d. Click OK.
e. Click the More Options button for Running Sum Revenue and select Display as
Running Sum.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
s alm e n se column now displays a running sum for revenue
f. Notice that the Running
n ( Sum
l ic through December of 2008, calculating a sum for the
Revenue
for each month a
h athefrom e
January
l
b ones preceding it in the analysis. For example, the running sum
current
n K
month and r
a f e
for Januarysis the same as the basic total for January, whereas the running sum for
lm
a
S February
- t r anis the total for January and February, and so on.
non

Chapter 7 - Page 18
6. Build two additional columns to display the percentage and running sum for percentage.
a. Duplicate the 1- Revenue measure again and change the new columns caption to %
Revenue.
b. Click the More Options button for the % Revenue column and select Show Data As >
Percent of > Column. The column displays the percentage of total revenue earned in
each month.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
- columns
anew de caption to Running
c. Duplicate the % Revenue measure and changeithe
t m t u
Sum % Revenue.
@ fa is S
a
d. Click the More Options button for the th % Revenue column and select
nRunningeSum
h
kRunning us % Revenue column now displays a
Display as Running Sum. The
a n t o Sum
a l m through
running sum for percentages
n s e each month in the analysis.
n (s lice
a
h able
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
e. Click Done.
Delete the Table view from the Compound Layout and save the analysis as My Running Sum
Table in the My Sales folder.

Chapter 7 - Page 19
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 7 - Page 20
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
a -g den
Working
f atim with
is S u
tAdditional
Views
n @ inthAnalyses
a
kh Chapter e
n t o us 8
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 8: Working with Additional Views in Analyses

Chapter 8 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you will explore and work with a variety of views in your analyses.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 2
Practice 8-1: Using the Trellis View
Goal
In this practice, you create a Simple Trellis view and an Advanced Trellis view.
Scenario
Use Trellis views to present multi-dimensional data laid out in a set of cells in a grid, with each
cell displaying a subset of data shown as numbers or as graphs.
Time
15-20 minutes
Creating a Simple Trellis View

1. Create an analysis that includes a simple trellis chart.
a. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create a new analysis with the following
a
has
columns and filters:
Cust Regions.C50 Region )
Time.T05 Per Name Year
c om ide
Products.P2 Product Type
Base Facts.4-Paid Amount r o up t Gu
a -g den
atim is Stu
T05 Per Name Year is equal to/is in 2009,f2010
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
b.noClick Results.

Chapter 8 - Page 3
c. Click the New View button and select Trellis > Simple. A simple Trellis view is added
to the compound layout.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
d. Remove the Table view e
almfromethensCompound Layout.
n
2. Edit the Trellis view. ( s l ic
a
h button
a. Click theKEdit l e
bfor the Trellis view to open the Layout editor.
b. In a n
the Layout
r a
e drag T05 Per Name Year from the Color By drop target to the
fpane,
a lmColumns n s
a target and observe the change in the right pane.
drop
Sc. Drag - t r
n on 4-Paid Amount from the Color By target to the Group By target.
d. Drag C50 Region from the Columns target to the Color By target.

Chapter 8 - Page 4
e. Check your work. Your Trellis chart should look similar to the screenshot:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h an@
Notice that the Trellis chart enables you to compare
e th product types by region across
time using the same scale (paidkamount).
n t o us
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 5
3. Add a new measure to the chart.
a. In the Subject Areas pane, double-click Base Facts.8-Booked Amount to add the
measure to the layout. 8-Booked Amount is added to the Group By field. The Trellis
chart now shows microcharts for two measures: 4-Paid Amount and 8-Booked Amount.
The microcharts are displayed in the same order in the chart as the measures are
displayed in the Group By field.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
h over l
b. Hold theKcursor
a n
about f
the data. e raba bar in any of the microcharts to see a tool tip with information
a lm a n s
c. r
S then-Visualization
t you can
Notice that change the microchart type by using the View as drop-down list in
n o section. Leave the view set to Vertical Bar.
d. Drag 4-Paid Amount and 8-Booked Amount from Group By to Color By.

Chapter 8 - Page 6
e. Drag C50 Region from Color By to Group By. Notice that now 4-Paid Amount is
compared to 8-Booked Amount by region in the microchart for each cell.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
f. k tolayout
Click Done to return to the compound
n usview.
g. Save the analysis as My l a
mSimple eTrellis View in the My Sales folder.
a n s
4. Move years to prompts.
n (s lice
a
h toathe
a. Hold the cursor b leleft of the 2009 column until the T05 Per Name Year handle is
K
l m an and
displayed
s f ether cursor changes to the drag icon.
Sa n-tran
no
b. Drag T05 Per Name Year above the measure to the Trellis Prompts drop target to
create a prompt for Year.

Chapter 8 - Page 7
5. Show how the results will look on a dashboard.
a. Click Show how results will look on a dashboard to open the analysis in a
separate browser window.
b. Use the prompt to filter the data.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
nk to u
c. Close the separate browser window.
6. Save your analysis. a
( s alm ense
Creating an Advanced
a n e ic
Trellis lView
h Sales l
1. Use the A K
a n
and filters:
Sample
f e rab subject area to create a new analysis with the following columns
a
Products.P1
s
lm ranProduct
SCust Regions.C50
n -t Region
o
n Calculations.17-Net Costs
Simple
Simple Calculations.20 Actual Unit Price
P3 LOB is equal to / is in Electronics
2. Format the measures columns.

a. For the 17 Net Costs column, select More Options > Column Properties to open the
Column Properties dialog box.
b. Click the Column Format tab.

Chapter 8 - Page 8
c. Select Custom Headings.
d. In the Column Heading field, rename the column heading to Net Costs.
e. Click OK to close the Column Properties dialog box.
f. Repeat the steps for the 20 Actual Unit Price column and rename it Unit Price.
g. Open the Column Properties dialog box for the Unit Price column and click the Data
Format tab.
h. Select Override Default Data Format.
i. Change the data format to Currency. Display the dollar sign ($) and 2 decimal places.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
s a e n se dialog box.
lm Properties
j. Click OK to close the Column
3. Click Results.
n ( l ic
4. Click the New a
h button l e
b and select Trellis > Advanced to add an Advanced Trellis view
n KView r a
lmatherTable
to the compound
s e
layout.
fview
a
5. Delete
Sscreenshot.
t a n from the Compound Layout. Your results should look similar to the
-
non
6. Change the Trellis view layout to show regions as columns.

a. Click the Edit button for the Trellis view to open the Layout editor.
b. Drag the C50 Region column from the Bars drop target to the Columns drop target.

Chapter 8 - Page 9
c. Notice that columns are added for regions.
7. Set visualization for the measures.

a. In the Visualization section, make sure Net Costs is selected.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
b. In the View as drop-down list, select Spark Line. g r ou nt G
c. In the Subject Areas pane, expand Time. i m a- tude
f t in theS Visualization section. Notice
atarget
d. Drag T02 Per Name Month to the Lines drop
a n @ this which shows a line graph of
that Net Costs data is now represented
costs by month. k h u se
by a microchart,
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
e. In the Visualization section, use the scroll arrows to select Unit Price.
f. Notice that Month is displayed in the Bars area, but is unchecked.
g. In the View as drop-down list, select Numbers.
h. Notice that Unit Price data is now represented as a number in the chart.
8. Change the size of the microcharts.

a. In the toolbar, click Trellis Properties to open the Trellis Properties dialog box.
b. Select the General tab.
c. In the Visualization section under Net Costs observe display options for graph size.

Chapter 8 - Page 10
d. In the Graph Size drop-down, select Custom.
e. Set Width to 120 and Height to 50.
f. Click OK to close the Trellis Properties dialog box.

g. Notice that the height of the microcharts is changed.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
h ab
Kreturn l
a n
9. Click Done to
f e rto the Compound Layout.
s
lm ran as My Advanced Trellis View in /My Folders/My Sales.
Sa nthe-tanalysis
10. Save
no

Chapter 8 - Page 11
11. Test the analysis view.
a. Click Show how results will look on a dashboard to open the analysis in a
separate browser window.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a-data.
b. Hover over the microcharts to view tool tips about the
t u d e that the tip shows
Notice
chart. f at is S value for each micro-

the starting value, ending value, maximum value, and minimum
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 12
c. Drill on the region data and observe changes to the microcharts.
a
) h as
d. Close the preview browser window.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 13
Practice 8-2: Adding a Column Selector to an Analysis
Goal
In this practice, you add a column selector to an analysis.
Scenario
Add a column selector view to enable users to dynamically change the columns that appear in
an analysis. By using a Column Selector view in your Compound Layout, you can provide a
quick way for users to select a column for which they would like to view measures.
Time
5-10 minutes
Task
1. Create an analysis:
a. Create the following new analysis using the A Sample Sales subject area: s a
Cust Regions. C52 Country Name )h a
Base Facts.1-Revenue m
co uide
Base Facts.2-Billed Quantity p
Simple Calculations.17 Net Costs g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
and a Table view, becauseayounkused an
b. Click Results. By default, the results
t o usin a Compound Layout with a Title view
appear
attribute column in your selected columns for
the analysis.
( s alm ense
2. Add a Column Selector
a n view. lic
h abbutton
a. Click theKNew View
le either in the Views pane or on the toolbar and select Other
l an > Column
Views
m s f er Selector to add the Column Selector view to the Compound Layout.
Sb.a The - t r an Selector view is added under the Table view. Click the Edit View button
Column
n ofornthe Column Selector view.
c. In Column 1 (C52 Country Name), select the Include Selector option.

Chapter 8 - Page 14
d. Add choices to the column selector by double-clicking the following attribute columns in
the Subject Areas pane: Time.T05 Per Name Year, Time.T03 Per Name Qtr, Cust
Region.C50 Region, Cust Region.C51 Area. Notice that you can edit column
properties or add custom formulas for the columns in the list. Hierarchical columns
cannot be added to the selector.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
t o us list to verify that the columns appear as
nk drop-down
a
e. Click the preview Column Selector
selected.
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
f. Click Done to return to the Compound Layout.

Chapter 8 - Page 15
g. Drag the Column Selector view above the Table view in the Compound Layout.
s a
)h a .
3. Use the Column Selector to modify the table results. m
co uidthee Table
a. Select C50 Region from the Column Selector drop-down list and p notice that
view is updated with new results. g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
b. oSelect the other columns from the Column Selector and observe the results.
n
c. Click the Criteria tab to view the selected columns for the analysis. Notice that the
attribute column now appears as a column group with the designated default indicated.
d. Save your analysis as My Column Selector in the My Sales folder.

Chapter 8 - Page 16
Practice 8-3: Working with Views
Goal
In this practice, you add a variety of views to results.
Scenario
You add a variety of views to the results of an analysis to help you look at data in meaningful
and intuitive ways. Preparing multiple views of results helps users to identify trends and
relationships in data. You create an analysis and add Filters, Legend, Narrative, Ticker, and
Logical SQL views. Finally, you add a View Selector view so that users can choose the view
that is useful to them.
Time
15-20 minutes
Creating a Basic Analysis and Filter View

s a
Add a Filters view and then drill down on an attribute hierarchy to view results.
) h a
1. Create the following new analysis using the A Sample Sales subject area:
c m
o ide
Sales Person.E9 Manager Name
up t Gu
Base Facts.1-Revenue r o
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
a n k to us
3. Add a Filter view. e
a. Click the New View ( s alm eon
button n sthe toolbar and select Filters to add a Filters view.
a n l i c
b. Drag the Filters
K h view a b le the Table view and below the Title view.
above
c. Drill n Michele
aon f rLombardo to view her direct reports. Notice how the Filter view
edrilldown
l m
changes n s
after to include a filter for E9 Manager Name that is equal to Michele
Sa Lombardo.
n - t r a This is because drilling limits the result set and automatically creates a
n ofilter. The Filter view tracks the filters in the analysis.
d. Drill on Monica Velasquez to see her customer segments, and then drill on Active
Singles to see customer names in that category. Drill on Albert Parker to see his
order statuses and order types.

Chapter 8 - Page 17
e. Check your results:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
Notice that the administrator of the metadataa
f t
repository Sthatsetdrilling
has up the hierarchy to drill
directly from the Sales Person to Customers.
n @ Also i s
th has made. Thisonis the
notice Customer
results in the analysis of the orders
k a
hpath. us
that the e
customer an example of
a cross-dimensional hierarchy
an e to In the Views pane, select the Filters view and
drill
f. Delete the Filters viewlm
s
click the Remove(View c ns button.
from the analysis.
a fromeAnalysis
h an ble li
a n K fera
a lm rans
S n-t
n o
g. Click the Criteria tab. Notice that columns and filters have been automatically added to
the original analysis.
h. Remove all columns and filters.

Chapter 8 - Page 18
Adding Views
In this section, you add Legend, Narrative, Ticker, and Logical SQL views.
1. On the Criteria tab, add Cust Regions.C50 Region, Cust Regions.C51 Area, and Base
Facts.2-Billed Quantity to your selected columns.
2. Modify the analysis to include conditional formatting for 2-Billed Quantity.

a. On the Criteria tab, create a conditional format for the 2-Billed Quantity column where
the background cell color for quantities less than 100,000 is red, quantities between
100,000 and 500,000 is yellow, and quantities greater than 500,000 is green.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f a tim Stu
b. Click the Results tab.
a n @ this
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
3. Add a Legend view to describe your conditional formatting.

a. In the toolbar, click the New View button and select Other Views > Legend to add it to
the analysis.
b. Click the Edit View button for the Legend view.
c. In the drop-down list, set Legend items per row to 3.

Chapter 8 - Page 19
d. Use the Add Caption button to add and populate items based on the following table:
Caption Sample Text
Requires Attention Sales Poor
Need to Watch Sales Fair
On Target Sales Good
e. Enter Sales Legend as the Title.

f. Use the Format Text buttons to set colors to match those used in the conditional
formatting for the Dollars column.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Khto return
g. Click Done
a l
bto the Compound Layout.
n r
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 20
h. Check your work.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
alm the
4. Add a Narrative view tosdescribe
e n se
analysis.
n ( l ic View button and select Other Views > Narrative.
a. On the toolbar,a click the New
l e
KhNarrative
b. Select the
n rabview in the Views pane and click the Edit View button.
c. lm
a f e
sfield of the Narrative Editor, enter This report shows sales by
a
S sales r a n
In the Prefix
o n -t area. The sales areas are:

d.n Select the text in the Prefix field and click the Bold button .
e. Place your cursor at the end of the text, after the close bold tag, and click the Line
Break button twice.
f. In the Narrative field, enter @2. This will include the results from the second column
(C51 Area) in the narrative text. You use the syntax @n to return results from a column,
where n represents the desired column based on the sequence of columns in the
analysis. In this example, Sales Area is the second column in the analysis. Notice that
if you want to, you can limit the number of rows displayed or add row separator text or
tags, for example, a line break.
g. Place your cursor after @2 and click the Line Break button.
h. In the Postfix field, enter Please address sales marked as red.
i. Bold the text in the Postfix field.
j. Place your cursor at the beginning of the text in the Postfix field, before the bold tag,
and click the Line Break button once.

Chapter 8 - Page 21
k. Check your work.
a
) has
c om ide
o p Gu
uresults.
l. Click Done to return to the Compound Layout and check ryour
a -g dent
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
5. Add a Ticker view to scroll the total quantities for sales districts at the top of the analysis.
a. On the toolbar, click the New View button and select Other Views > Ticker.
b. Select Ticker in the Views pane and click the Edit View button.
c. In the Beginning Text field, between the first set of <tr> and <td> tags, enter Total
Units Sold by Sales Area.
d. In the Row Format field, enter @2[br/]@3. This displays data from columns 2 and 3 in
separate rows in the ticker. Column 2 is C51 Area and column 3 is 2-Billed Quantity.

Chapter 8 - Page 22
e. Check your work.
s a
)h a
m
coLayout.
f. Accept all other defaults and click Done to return to the Compound u p u ide
- g ro nt G
i m a tude
t
fa is S
a n @ th
h
k to us e
a n
6. Add a Logical SQL view. This
a l m n s eincluded
view is useful for administrators and developers for
debugging purposes, and
n ( s lice
is usually not in results for typical users.
K ha click
a. On the toolbar,
b
the
l e New View button and select Other Views > Logical SQL >
era SQL view was added to the Compound Layout and that the logical
Standard.
b. lm anthat aslogical
Verify f
Sa SQL t r
for
n query appears.
athe
-
non
7. Add a View Selector view. This view allows users to select among available views and
display the most useful view.
a. On the toolbar, click the New View button and select Other Views > View Selector.
b. In the Views pane, select View Selector and click the Edit View button.
c. In the Caption text box, enter Select a view:
d. Set the Caption Position to Above.
e. Select the Table view in the Available Views list and click the right-arrow button to
add it to the Views Included list.

Chapter 8 - Page 23
f. Repeat the preceding step to add the following views to the Views Included list:
Logical SQL, None, and Narrative.
g. In the Views Included list, select the None view and click the down-arrow button to
move it to the bottom of the list. The views are displayed in the view selector in order
that they are displayed in the list. Note that you can also rename views in the list to
give them names that are more meaningful to your users.
h. Check your work.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
i. Click Done.
j. Scroll down to the bottom of the Compound Layout. In the View Selector view, toggle
between the different available views and verify that each view is displayed.
Adding Graph Views

1. Add vertical bar and pie Graph views.
a. In the toolbar, select New View > Graph > Bar > Vertical to add a vertical bar Graph
view.
b. In the toolbar, select New View > Graph > Pie to add a pie Graph view. Notice that the
name of the second Graph view is Graph (2). This is the default.

Chapter 8 - Page 24
2. Rename the pie Graph view.
a. In the Views pane, select Graph: 2.
b. Click the Rename View button to open the Rename View dialog box.
c. Change the view name to Graph: Pie and click OK.
d. Confirm that the Graph (2) view name is changed to Graph: Pie.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
l
piehGraph layout.
rabselect Graph: Pie and click the Edit View button to display the
3. Change the K
a. In a n e
the Views fpane,
a lm
Layout a n s
pane.
Sb. Drag
n r
-tC51 Area from Graph Prompts to Slices.
n o
c. Drag C50 Region from Slices to Graph Prompts.

Chapter 8 - Page 25
d. Click Done and check your results.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
Adding a Selection StepsaView
s lm nse
1. In the toolbar, select
a n (
New View l i c>eSelection Steps to add a Selection Steps view. Notice
K
that initially thehSelection
a b le view shows Analysis contains no Selection Steps.
Steps
2. Drag theanSelection f r view to the top of the Compound Layout and drop it to the right of
eSteps
l m an
a Table-trview.
the
s
S n
3. Addoselection steps.
n
a. Under the Compound Layout, display the Selection Steps pane.
b. In the Selection Steps pane, for Cust Regions C51 Area, click Then, New Step >
Apply a Condition.
c. In the Condition Type drop-down list, under Match, select All X values where Y =
values.
d. In the Action list, select Keep Only.
e. In the Column list, select Cust Regions.C52 Country Name.
f. Leave Operator set to is equal to.
g. In the Value list, select Afghanistan, Australia, Belgium, Canada, and Chile.

Chapter 8 - Page 26
h. Check your work:
a
i. Click OK. ) has
om andidthe
j. Notice that all of the relevant views are updated with the selectioncsteps,
e
Selection Steps view allows you to keep track of the steps. up u
r o t G
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
k. Save the analysis in the My Sales folder as My Views.

Chapter 8 - Page 27
Practice 8-4: Creating Performance Tiles
Goal
In this practice, you create an analysis and display the results in performance tiles.
Scenario
You add performance tiles to an analysis to help you aggregate measures in a prominent and
visually simple manner. In this analysis, you view aggregate totals for Dollars, Units Ordered,
Units Shipped, and Percent Not Shipped.
Time
10-15 minutes
Tasks
1. Create a new analysis from the A Sample Sales subject area with the following columns:
a
has
Base Facts.1-Revenue
Base Facts.2-Billed Quantity
)
Simple Calculations.17 Net Costs
c om ide
Simple Calculations. 36 Profit Ratio
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
2. Create custom headings for the measures.n@ th
h a e
s button and select Column
a. For the 1-Revenue column, click
Properties. a nkthe More
t o uOptions
s
b. Click the Column(Formatalmtab.ense
c. Select Custom a n e l
Headings. ic
Ktheh column l
d. Change
a n f e rabthe heading to Revenue.
e.alm n
Repeat these
a s steps for the remaining columns, adding the following headings:
S Original
n r
-t Heading Custom Heading
o
n 2-Billed Quantity Units
17 Net Costs Net Costs
36 Profit Ratio Profit %
3. Display data for the Profit % column as percentages.

a. For the Profit % column, click the More Options button and select Column
Properties.
b. On the Data Format tab, select Override Default Data Format.
c. For Treat Numbers As, select Percentage.
d. For Negative Format, select Parentheses: (123).
e. For Decimal Places, select 2.

Chapter 8 - Page 28
f. Verify that Use 1000s Separator is selected.
g. Click OK.
4. Click the Results tab and verify the percent formatting for Profit %.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
5. Add four Performance Tile views:
i m a- tude
a. In the toolbar, select New View > Performance f at Tile.is S
b. Repeat the first step to create a totalaof
@ Performance
nfour th Tile views.
h e
s data for Revenue, the first measure
c. Notice that all four Performance
a nkTile views
t o udisplay
column in the analysis.lm
a You must n e each Performance Tile view to display data for
sedit
( s
one of the four measures.
n l e
ic to appear side by side, in a single row.
a l e
n Kh rab
6. Drag the Performance Tile views
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
7. Modify the Revenue performance tile to remove the description. Descriptions are stored in
the repository and are displayed by default for a measure.
a. In the Views pane, select Performance Tile and click the Edit View button.
b. In the Layout pane, deselect Use measure description, and then delete the text in the
Description text box.
c. Click Done to return to the Compound Layout.

Chapter 8 - Page 29
8. Create a performance tile for Units.
a. In the Views pane, select Performance Tile:2 and click the Edit View button.
b. In the Measure field, select Units.
c. Deselect Use measure description, and then delete the text in the Description box.
d. In the Styles pane, select the second (shaded) style.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
e. Click Done to return to the CompoundnLayout.
a @ th
k
9. Create a performance tile for Net Costs. h u se
a n t oTile:3 and click the Edit View button.
a. In the Views pane, select m e
Performance
l NetnCosts.
aselect s
(
b. In the Measure field, s c e
li list, click the Format Measure button to display the
an bdrop-down
c. Next to thehMeasure l e
Edit n K dialog
Format rabox.
d. lm
a s f e
t r a n background color to light blue.
Set the cell
Se.a Click
- OK.
non

Chapter 8 - Page 30
f. Click Done to return to the Compound Layout.
10. Create a performance tile for Profit %.
a. In the Views pane, select Performance Tile:4 and click the Edit View button.
b. In the Measure field, select Profit %.
c. In the Styles pane, select the third (bold and underlined) style.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
d. Next to the Measure drop-downk
n list, click
t o usFormat Measure button to open the Edit
the
Format dialog box. a
m enter e and then click OK.
e. In the Font section,
( s alSize,
for e n s20,
f. Click Done toa n
return to e l
the icCompound Layout.
h ab l
11. Remove ntheK r from the Compound Layout.
Table view
lm a s f e
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 8 - Page 31
12. In the toolbar, click the Show how results will look on a Dashboard button.
13. Close the dashboard browser window.

14. Save the analysis in the My Sales folder as My Performance Tiles.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 32
Practice 8-5: Linking Views Together
Goal
In this practice, you use Master-Detail linking to link two views together. Actions taken in the
master view affect data changes in a detail view, which listens on a designated channel for
changes to the master column.
Scenario
Use master-detail linking to enable users to dynamically change the appearance of a graph
based on actions taken in a linked master table view in an analysis.
Time
5-10 minutes
Tasks
a
has
1. Set a view as the master view.
)
a. Locate the APAC Region Sales with Graph analysis and click Edit to open the
analysis in the Analysis Editor. c om ide
b. Click the Criteria tab.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
c. In the Selected Columns pane, for the C52 Country Name column, click the More
atim is Stu
Options button and select Column Properties.
f
d. Click the Interaction tab.
h a n@ e th
s
nk to u
e. In the Value section, define the column values primary interaction as Send Master-
a
Detail Events. A master view drives data changes in one or more detail views. Any
( s alm ense
view you add that includes the master column can be used as a master view. Any type
a e l ic
of column can be set up as a master column, but the column must appear in the body
n
Kh rab l
of the master view. It cannot appear on the page edge or in a section slider.
n
lma ransfe
f. In the Specify Channel field, enter Country as the master channel. The master
a
S n-tchannel can be any value you want, but the channel and any reference to it must
match exactly, including case. The Interaction tab should appear as follows:
no
g. Click OK to close the Column Properties dialog box.

2. Set the Graph view as the detail view.
b. Click the Edit View button for the Graph view.
c. Click the Edit Graph Properties button on the toolbar.

Chapter 8 - Page 33
d. In the Graph Properties dialog box, on the General tab, select Listen to Master-Detail
Events.
e. In the Event Channels field, enter Country.
f. Check your work in the General tab:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
g. Click OK to close the s e n se dialog box.
lm Properties
aGraph
n ( l ic Editor and return to the Compound Layout.
h. Click Done to a close the Graph
l e
Kh ralinking.
3. Test the master-detail
n b
a. lm
a
Note the n f e
s location of the State slider in the Graph view.
current
a
Sb. Click r a
-tIndia in the Table view. Recall that you set C52 Country Name as the master
n o n
column.

Chapter 8 - Page 34
c. Because the Graph view is listening on the Country master channel in the Table view,
the Country slider in the Graph view updates automatically to select India.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
d. Experiment with the master-detail linking, and then
i m a- thetuanalysis
save de as APAC Region
Sales with Graph Linked. t
fa is S
a n @ th
h s e
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 35
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 8 - Page 36
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u t G9:
a - d e
atim is Data:
Visualizing
f Stu Gauges and
h a nMaps
@ th
e
k u s
a n o 9
Chapter
t
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 9: Visualizing Data: Gauges and Maps

Chapter 9 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you work with Gauge and Map views.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 2
Practice 9-1: Showing Results as a Gauge
Goal
In this practice, you use the Gauge view to show results as gauges.
Scenario
Create an analysis and display results in a Gauge view by using the Dial Gauge type. Set
general background properties for the Gauge view, modify ranges, titles, and footers, and set
advanced properties.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
1. Add a Gauge view to the Compound Layout.
s
a
)h a
b. Create the following new analysis and associated filters by using the A Sample Sales
subject area:
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
Note: If you add the Date columnh
n@ e thto create the filter, delete it from the
toayour analysis
s
nk to u
analysis after creating the filter.
a
c. Click the Results tab.
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 3
d. On the toolbar, click the New View button and select Gauge > Dial.
s a
e. Click the Edit View button for the Gauge view.
) h a
f. In the Gauge Editor, click the Style button on the toolbar and
c m e
o selectidDial.

up pane u
g. Click the Show/Hide Settings Pane button to hide theo
r Settings
t G
h. In the Size drop-down list, select Small. a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
n
i. In the Layout pane,
a e ic 1- Revenue is set as the measure in the Measures drop
verifylthat
point. Kh l
a n f e rab
a lm rans
S n-t
no
j. Drag the 2- Billed Quantity measure from the Excluded drop point to the Measures
drop point.
k. Notice that a second dial is added to the gauges.

2. Explore and set the Gauge properties.
a. On the toolbar, click the Properties button to open the Gauge Properties dialog box.
Gauges have properties similar to other views.
b. Click the Style tab. Retain the defaults for dial arc length and the gauge size that you
already set on the editor toolbar.
c. In the Marker Type section, select Line from the drop-down lists for the 1- Revenue
and 2- Billed Quantity measures.

Chapter 9 - Page 4
d. Set the marker color for 1- Revenue to purple, and for 2- Billed Quantity use Blue.
e. Use the gauge and canvas colors and borders settings to format the gauge as you
want.
f. On the Titles and Labels tab, deselect Use measure name as graph title and set
Gauge Set Title to Q208 Revenue Billed Quantity.
g. On the General tab, set the Gauges per row to 4.
h. Click OK. Your result should look similar to the following. There is a gauge for each
customer, and the purple line shows 1- Revenue, whereas the blue line shows 2- Billed
Quantity. The colors indicate the gauge ranges.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
3. Modify the gauge ranges. f at is S
a. Click the Show/Hide Settings Pane h a n@ th
button seto show the Settings pane.
b. By default, the gauge ranges a nforkthe Dial
t o u
Gauge are set to show percentage of total.
Currently, the Dial Gauge
s a lmdisplays
e n sethree percentage ranges. Click the Add
Thresholds button
n ( ic a fourth range. Keep its default color.
to add
l
a l e
n Khresults.
c. Check your
r a bThechanged
Dial Gauges now display four percentage ranges and the
l m a
legend captions
s f e so that theyto represent
have reflect the new ranges. Notice that the ranges are
Sa n-tran
dynamically updated equal percentages.
no
d. Click Done.
e. Delete the Table view.
f. Save the analysis as My Gauge Views in the My Sales folder.

Chapter 9 - Page 5
Practice 9-2: Using Map Views
Goal
In this practice, you use the Map view to show results as binned percentiles of a measure for
states on a map.
Scenario
You create an analysis and display results in a Map view by using the State layer that has been
prepared by your administrator. You explore Map view properties and options for the map
formats, and then verify your maps settings by viewing the revenue for states in the maps.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
a
has
1. Add a Map view to the Compound Layout.
)
a. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following new analysis:
c om ide
r o up t Gu
b. Click the Results tab. a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 6
c. Click the New View button on the toolbar and select Map to display the world map.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@are ebinnedth by quartiles for the 1- Revenue
d. Notice that, by default, the BI Data Layers
k shades
nas t o uofsgray for use in the map.
a
measure and are distinguished
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 7
e. Use the Zoom and Pan tools in the Map view to zoom in and view the United States in
the world map. Your administrator has created and mapped a layer to the State column
in the A Sample Sales subject area and set a default format.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
alm e
f. The layer has beensmapped as
to n
e
number of zoom layers, so that the state formats are
available as youn ( icthe map of the United States. Click the Edit View button
zoom in lon
a l e
n KhMap view
for the
r a bto open the Map Editor.
Onathe toolbar,
g. lm
n s feclick the Map Properties button to open the Map Properties dialog
a
S box. - ra have properties similar to other views, particularly Graph views. Explore the
tMaps
n o n
properties in the various tabs, including the Canvas Size options.
h. On the Tools tab, notice that you can turn on and off the Pan and Zoom tools, the
Zoom Slider, and the distance information display. Leave the default settings.

Chapter 9 - Page 8
i. On the Interaction tab, deselect the Automatically create formats when drilling
option. Because you currently have only one layer mapped, you cannot drill on the
map, so this option is unnecessary for your map. In maps with multiple layers, for
example, drilling from state to city would, if the option were selected, automatically
create a new format for the city layer that would then appear in the Map Formats list.
j. On the Labels tab, you can select and deselect labels for the layers to be displayed as
the map is zoomed in and out. Leave the default setting and click OK to close the
dialog box.
2. Edit the default Color Fill format.
a. Place your cursor over the 1- Revenue (Color Fill) format and click the Edit button.
b. In the Color Fill dialog box, retain the automatic naming of the labels for the state,
currently derived from the measure name by default. a
c.
has
Retain the default for the tool tips. You can select from the columns in the analyses to
)
display their names when users place their cursors over column values in the map.
d. c om ide
Notice that the Vary Color By drop-down list includes measures in your analysis that
o up t Gu
you can select to vary color by. Because you have only one measure, 1- Revenue, in
r
-g den
your analysis, leave this set as the value.
a
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 9
e. Experiment with the binning options in the Bin Type drop-down list. When you select
the default, Percentile Binning, the bins are automatically broken into quartiles from
Maximum to Minimum, as seen in the bottom of the dialog box. You can edit the default
labels for each bin to clarify the results if desired. You can also increase or decrease
the number of bins by making selections in the Bins drop-down list. Set the number of
bins to 6.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
f. Experiment with the other types of binning. Value binning enables you to set minimum
and maximum values and label bins. In Color Fill formats, you can also select
Continuous Color Fill, in which a band of color is varied and applied to the ranks of the
geographies in the map. After exploring, retain the percentage binning.
g. Use the Style drop-down list to select a series of colors for use in representing each bin
in the maps states for ranking. Select an option in the drop-down list to add more
distinctive colors than the shaded grays that came as defaults.
h. Select the Allow Dashboard Users to Edit Thresholds option. This option is
available for Color Fill formats using percentile or value binning. It creates a color slider
on the Map view, which users can use to set the thresholds for the binning. Note that
because percentile binning does not allow threshold settings, when this option is
selected and saved for the Map view, the Bin Type is automatically changed to Value
Binning.
i. You can change the transparency to lighten or darken the color shading.

Chapter 9 - Page 10
j. Check your work in the Color Fill dialog box:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
Sk. Click
n -tOK and verify your changes.
o
l. n Use the slider to change the thresholds and experiment with your results.
m. Change the Color Fill Format back to the default so that the Allow Dashboard Users to
Edit Thresholds option is deselected.
n. Click Done to return to the Compound Layout.
3. Use the marquee zoom feature to zoom into a specific area of the map.
a. Use the zoom and pan controls to center the United States in the Map view.
b. Place the cursor over a region of the map to display an information window for that
region for the data that is directly below the mouse cursor.
c. Click the Zoom In button .
d. Click and drag to use the marquee zoom. You can draw a box that delineates the area
in which you want to zoom.
e. Save the analysis as My Map View.

Chapter 9 - Page 11
Practice 9-3: Setting Up Layers and Background Maps
Goal
In this practice, you map a BI column to a map layer, edit a background map, and create an
analysis with a map view that displays state outlines color-coded by the percent change from
the prior year. Additionally, the outline thickness varies by the revenue for the state.
Scenario
You want to create an analysis for January 2009 that displays a map view. In the map, states
should be outlined by using a line format. You want the line to be color-coded based on the
percent change from the prior year, and the line thickness to vary by state revenue. However,
line formatting is available only for map layers with a Geometry Type of Line, and currently no
such layers exist in the map metadata for Answers. Before you can create your analysis, you
must map a layer to the State column in the repository, and set the Geometry Type to Line.
Then, you must add the layer to a background map.
s a
Editing Map Layers a
) h click
1. In the Global Header, click Administration, and then under Map Data Management, m
co uide
Manage Map Data.
p
2. On the Layers tab, select the OBIEE_STATE2 layer and clickrthe
g ouEditnLayers
t G button .
-
a tudeNote that this change
t i m
3. In the Name field, change the layer name to OBIEE_STATE_LINES.
provides a more descriptive name for users but does
points to the original layer name as definednin @ the datath
s S the layer location, which still
fa notsource.
iaffect
4. Add a mapping to a column in the Oracle k haBI EEurepository:
se
a n t o
a. Click the BI Key Columns
a l m button
n s e and select A Sample Sales for the Subject
n ( s l e
c Key Columns dialog box.
Area to display the Select iBI
a
h ab
b. In the Available pane,l e
expand Customers > Cust Regions, and select C54 State
K
l m an sfer
Code.
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 9 - Page 12
c. Click the Move button to add State to the Selected pane.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
d. Click OK to return to the Edit Layer dialog box.f atIn casei s aSDuplicate Layer Key dialog
@ t h
hantheudata
box pops up, click OK.
5. The data in the BI Key column mustk match sein the Layer Key column. In the BI Key
column, under C54 State Code, a nclick Sample
t o Data to view sample data for the BI Key
m
al ens e
Column.
n ( s l ic data displays WV, but if we select the Layer Key as
6. Notice that the BIaKey column
e sample
STATE_NAME Khand click l
abSample Data, it displays MORELOS. The data in the columns
a
does not n f
match,sand e rOracle BI EE will not be able to associate the columns at run time.
lm
Sa n-tran
no

Chapter 9 - Page 13
7. Now in the Layer Key drop-down list, select State Abbrv. Notice that the sample data for
the Layer Key changes to MO. This matches the way states are referenced in the BI Key
column.
s a
a
)h
8. In the Geometry Type drop-down list, select Line.
m
co uide
9. Click OK to return to the Manage Map Data screen.
p
u tG
g r o n
Adding a Layer to a Background Map a - d e
1. Click the Background Maps tab.
f atim is Stu
2. Select the OBIEE_WORLD_MAP background
h a n@map,eand thclick the Edit Background Map
button k tMap
to display the Edit Background s box.
udialog
3. Under Interactive BI Layerslm a n o
and FeatureeLayers, OBIEE_STATE_LINES layer is already
( s
present. In case it is not, a e
then click
c ns Layers icon and add the OBIEE_STATE_LINES.
Add
h an ble li
a n K fera
a lm rans
S n-t
no
4. Click OK to add the layer.

Chapter 9 - Page 14
5. For the OBIEE_STATE_LINES layer, select zoom levels 0 4.
a
) has
c om ide
6. Click OK to return to the Manage Map Data screen.
r o up t Gu
Creating the Analysis a -g den
m withSthe
atiarea tu following columns:
1. Create an analysis for the A Sample Sales subject f
@ this
Cust Regions.C54 State Code a n
k h u se
Base Facts.1- Revenue
a n t o
Base Facts.2- Billed a l m
Quantity
ns e
( s c e
h an ble li
n K ra
2. Addm a s
l the following e to the analysis:
ffilters
a
S T05 n
traName Year is equal to / is in 2009 AND
n - Per
no T02 Per Name Month is equal to / is in January

Chapter 9 - Page 15
3. Click the Results tab to view the resulting table.
s a
4. Remove the table view from the Compound Layout, leaving only the Title view. )h a
m
co Layout.
5. In the toolbar, select New View > Map to add a map view to the Compound
u p u ide
Editing the Map View to Display Lines
- g ro nt G
1. For the map view, click the Edit View button to openim theamap view u e
deditor.
t t
S background map.
2. In the toolbar, verify that OBIEE_WORLD_MAP fisathe selected i s
@
an se t h
k h u
a n t o
3. Edit the map format for state
s almlines, e n se thebylinethecolor
where is determined by the 1- Revenue
n (
column, and the line thickness
l iis
c determined 2- Billed Quantity column:
a
a. Place yourhcursor over
b lethe 1- Revenue (Line Scheme) format and click the Edit button.
K a
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
b. In the Vary Color By drop-down list, select 2- Billed Quantity. Notice that the Name
and ToolTips fields are automatically updated to reflect your new selection. Change it
back to 1- Revenue column.
c. In the Bin Type drop-down list, select Continuous Binning to display the percentages
along a color continuum.
d. In the Style drop-down list, select the first style.

Chapter 9 - Page 16
e. Select Vary Width By Measure. The 1- Revenue measure is selected by default.
Select 2- Billed Quantity measure.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
f. Click OK to accept the remaining default optionsm
- todthe
areturn
and e map view editor.
t i t u
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 17
4. Zoom and pan the map so that the United States is centered.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
5. Adjust the map canvas size and setk
n the initial
t o us view.
map
a
a
a. In the toolbar, click the
s lMap
e n se button to display the Map Properties
m Properties
dialog box. n ( l ic
a l e
n Kh Size
b. In the Canvas
r a bdrop-down list, select Custom.
lma r800
c. Enter
n feWidth and 400 for Height.
for
s
a
S n-t a
no
d. Click the Interaction tab.

e. For Initial Map View, select Last Saved. This option preserves the saved zoom level
as the initial zoom level.
f. Click OK.

Chapter 9 - Page 18
6. Click Done to return to the Compound Layout. Notice that the map view retains the zoom
and pan position you selected instead of resetting itself to the fully zoomed-out world map.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g Lines.
7. Save the analysis to the MySales folder as Map with State
d e n
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 19
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 9 - Page 20
a
) has
c om ide
Practices for r o up t G10:
Lesson
u
a -g den
atim is Sand
Scorecards
f tu Key
h a nPerformance
@ th
e
Indicators
nk Chapter
t o us 10
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 10: Scorecards and Key Performance Indicators

Chapter 10 - Page 1

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 10 - Page 2
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
u
a -g den
atim is Results
Measuring
f Stu with
h a nScorecards
@ th and KPIs
e
k u s
a n o 11
Chapter
t
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 11: Measuring Results with Scorecards and KPIs
Chapter 11 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you will create KPIs and a scorecard for the A Sample Sales subject area.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Chapter 11 - Page 2
Practice 11-1: Measuring Results with KPIs
Goal
In this practice, you create a number of KPIs from the A Sample Sales subject area.
Scenario
As an analyst for Eden, Inc., you want to track certain KPIs. You will eventually leverage these
KPIs to create a scorecard for the company.
Revenue KPI: Track the performance of actual revenue to target revenue. The KPI
status is based on the percent variance between these two values.
Unit Price: Compare the actual unit price to the target unit price. The KPI status is
based on the percent variance between these two values.
Collect to Bill Ratio: Compare the calculated collect-to-bill ratio to a target value of 1.
The KPI status is based on fixed ratio values.
a
Fixed Costs: Compare current fixed costs to prior period fixed costs. The KPI status is
s
based on the percent variance between these two values. a
)h
% Early Shipped: Compare the calculated measure Early Shipped Pct to them
co uide
p
companys target of 33 percent. The KPI status is based on calculated percentages of
the target value.
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
Customer by Sales Rep: Compare the number of customers by sales rep to the
at is S
company target of 40. The KPI status is based on calculated percentages of prior
f
period customer by sales rep values.
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
Creating a KPI for Revenue
( s alm ense
1. In the Global header,
a n l
click New,
e icand select KPI.
2. In the SelectK h Area
Subject l
ab pop-up, select A Sample Sales.
a n f e r
a lm
3. Define s properties:
the general
a n
S n-t
a. In therActual Value drop-down list, select Facts > Base Facts > 1-Revenue.
b.no In the Target Value drop-down list, select Facts > Base Facts > 5-Target Revenue.
c. Select Enable trending.
d. In the Compare to prior drop-down list, select Time > T03 Per Name Qtr.
Chapter 11 - Page 3
e. In the Tolerance drop-down list, select Change.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
f. Click Next. ( s alm ense
a n e l icKPI:
Kh button
4. Define the dimensionality l
of the
a. Clicknthe Add e
a f rabto display the Add Dimension dialog box.
b.alm
Select a n s > Products Hierarchy to add the product hierarchy.
Products
Sc. Click
n r
-tOK.
o
d.n Leave the Value set to <is prompted>.
Chapter 11 - Page 4
e. Repeat these steps to add Offices > Office Regions > D50 Region and Time > T03
Per Name Qtr.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
f. Click Next. a nk to u
( s alm ense
5. Define the KPI goal and thresholds:
a. Verify that High
a n l
Values are
e icDesirable is selected in the Goal drop-down list.
Kh Advanced l
b. Select Show
a n f e rab Properties to display the Score column.
c. lm
a n s click the Options button and select Use percent of target.
Next to Score,
a
S n-t r
no
d. Accept the remaining defaults, and click Next.

6. The Related Documents page is where you can add links to an internal finance portal, stock
quotes, or quarterly reports. For this practice, you are not adding any related documents to
your KPIs. Click Next.
Chapter 11 - Page 5
7. The Custom Attributes page is where you can add custom calculations for the KPI. For this
practice, you are not adding any custom attributes.
8. Save the KPI:
a. Click the Save KPI as button .

b. Select the MyFolders\MySales folder.
c. Click the New Folder button and add a folder called KPIs.
d. Save the KPI to the My Sales\KPIs folder as Revenue KPI.
9. In the Global header, select Open > Revenue KPI to view the KPI.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Creating a KPI for Unit Price

1. In the Global header, click New, and select KPI.
2. In the Select Subject Area pop-up, select A Sample Sales.
3. Define the general properties:
a. In the Actual Value drop-down list, select Facts > Calculations > Simple
Calculations > 20 Actual Unit Price.
b. In the Target Value drop-down list, select Facts > Calculations > Simple
Calculations > 21 Target Unit Price.
Chapter 11 - Page 6
d. In the Compare to prior drop-down list, select Time > T02 Per Name Month.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
a n k to us
alm ense
e. Click Next.
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Chapter 11 - Page 7
4. Add the following dimensionality for the KPI, leaving the value to be prompted:
Offices > Office Regions > D50 Region
Products > Products Hierarchy
Time > T03 Per Name Qtr
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Khdefault
5. You will use the
a l
bsettings for thresholds and states, and you do not have any related
n
a or custom
documents
r
fe attributes to define. Click the Save KPI as button .
a l m n s
n - ra in the My Sales/KPIs folder as Unit Price.
6. SSave the tKPI
no
Chapter 11 - Page 8
7. In the Global header, select Open > Unit Price to view the KPI.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n fe to Bill Ratio
a lmaaKPI
Creating n s
for Collect
S Global
1. In then - traheader, click New, and select KPI.
o
2. Innthe Select Subject Area pop-up, select A Sample Sales.
Calculations > 29 Collect to Bill Ratio.
b. In the Target Value field, enter 1.
Chapter 11 - Page 9
e. In the Tolerance drop-down box, select Change.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
a n k to us
alm ense
f. Click Next.
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Chapter 11 - Page 10
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
a n fe
a lmNext n s
S n-tra
5. Click to display the States page.
no
6. Define your thresholds:
a. Next to Thresholds, deselect define as % of target value.
b. For the upper threshold, enter 0.98.
c. For the lower threshold, enter 0.90.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
7. Click Finish to display the Save As dialog box.
a -g den
atimtois Bill
8. Save the KPI to the My Sales/KPIs folder as Collect
f Stu Ratio.
9. In the Global header, click Open, and h a n@ e thBill Ratio to view the KPI.
select s
Collect to
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Creating the Fixed Costs KPI
1. In the Global header, click New, and select KPI.
2. In the Select Subject Area pop-up, select A Sample Sales.
a. In the Actual Value drop-down list, select Facts > Base Facts > 11 Fixed Costs.
b. Next to the Target Value drop-down list, click the Edit Target Value Formula button
to display the Edit Formula dialog box.
c. Click the Insert Function button .
d. Expand Time Series Functions, and select Ago.
e. Click OK to insert the AGO function into the formula text box.
f. Under Subject Areas, expand Facts > Base Facts, and select 11 Fixed Costs.
g. Click the Add Column button to add the measure to the AGO function.
h. In the formula text box, delete the time_level argument, and replace the offset
argument with 1. The completed formula should match the following: a
AGO("Base Facts"."11- Fixed Costs", 1)
) has
i. Click OK to return to the General Properties page.
c om ide
j. Select Enable Trending.
r o up t Gu
k. -g den
In the Compare to prior drop-down list, select Time > T02 Per Name Month.
a
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
l. Click Next.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
5. Click Next.
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. Define the goal and thresholds:
a. In the Goal drop-down list, select Low Values are Desirable.
b. Accept the default threshold settings.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
7. Click Finish to open the Save As dialog box.
f a tim Stu
a n e his
@Fixed tCosts.
8. Save the KPI to the My Sales / KPIs folder as
n kh o us
l m a e t
s
n (sa licen
K ha able
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
9. In the Global header, click Open and select Fixed Costs to view the KPI. Notice that no
target data is displayed for 2008 Q1, because there is no data in the database prior to 2008
Q1.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s almKPIense
Creating the % Early Shipped
a n e l ic
K h ab
1. In the Global header, clickl New, and select KPI.
an Subject
2. In the Select
l m s f erArea pop-up, select A Sample Sales.
Sa.a Innthe
3. Define
- an properties:
thergeneral
t Actual
noCalculationsValue drop-down list, select Facts > Calculations > Simple
> 45 Early Shipped Pct.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
f. Click Next.
s a lm nse
(
4. Add the following dimensionality
n l i e the KPI, leaving the value to be prompted:
cfor
Products
a
>hProductsb le
K a Hierarchy
Time
l m an> T03sPer
f erName Qtr
Sa n-tran
no
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
5. Click Next.
a n k to us
alm edefine
6. Define the goal and thresholds:
s n seas % of target value.
a. Next to Thresholds,
n ( deselect
l ic the following calculation:
a l e
Kh rab
b. For the upper
33 *n 0.95
threshold, enter
c. lm
a s e
fthreshold,
a
S 33n-*tr0.80a n
For the lower enter the following calculation:
noFinish to display the Save As dialog box.

7. Click
8. Save the KPI in the My Sales/KPIs folder as % Early Shipped.
9. In the Global header, click Open and select % Early Shipped to view the KPI.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
l
Kh rabyb Sales Rep KPI
Creating thenCustomer
a header,
lmGlobal
1. In the n s fe click New, and select KPI.
a
2. SIn then - traSubject Area pop-up, select A Sample Sales.
Select
no the general properties:
3. Define
Calculations > 28 # of Customers by Sales Rep.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
f. Click Next. a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
a n fe
a lmNext.
5. Click n s
a and thresholds:
6. SDefine the
n - trgoal
a.noNext to Thresholds, deselect define as % of target.
b. Next to the upper threshold field, click the Thresholds button to display the Edit
Formula dialog box.
c. Click the Insert Function button .
d. Expand Time Series Calculations, and select Ago.
e. Click OK to insert the AGO function into the formula editor.
f. Under Subject Areas, select Facts > Base Facts > Counts > 31 # of Orders (Cnt
Distinct).
g. Click the Add Column button to add the measure to the AGO formula. Note: the
measure should automatically replace the expr argument in the formula.
h. Click Filter.
i. Under Subject Areas, double-click Time > T05 Per Name Year to open the New Filter
dialog box.
j. In the Operator drop-down list, select is greater than.
k. In the Value drop-down list, select 2007.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
l. Click OK to paste the filter into the formula. p
m. Complete the formula: Remove the time_level argument, g r ou the
replace
n t G argument
offset
-
a tisudasefollows:
with 1, and add a multiplier of 0.95. The complete formula
t i m SDistinct)" USING
AGO(FILTER("Counts"."31 # of Orders
("Time"."T05 Per Name Year" > @
fa (Cnt i s
a n '2007')),
e th 1) * 0.95
n. Select the formula, right-click the
h
khighlightedustext, and select Copy.
a
o. Click OK to return to the Statesn page. to
alm field,
n e
sclick
s
p. Next to the lower (threshold
c e the Thresholds button to display the Edit
Formula dialog a nbox. e li
K b l Formula text box, and select Paste.
hin the aColumn
an smultiplier
q. Right-click
r. lm
f er at the end of the formula to 0.85. The complete lower threshold
- t r aisnas follows:
Change the
Sa formula
n
noAGO(FILTER("Counts"."31 # of Orders (Cnt Distinct)" USING
("Time"."T05 Per Name Year" > '2007')), 1) * 0.85
s. Click OK.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
m Stu
fati iby
7. Click Finish to display the Save As dialog box.
8. Save the KPI to the My Sales/KPIs folder as@
n
Customer
t h s Sales Rep.
k ha use
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
9. In the Global header, click Open and select Customer by Sales Rep to view the KPI.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practice 11-2: Building a Scorecard
Goals
In this practice, you create a scorecard for Eden Inc.
Scenario
Using the KPIs you created in the preceding practice, you put together a scorecard for Eden Inc.
The scorecard will have two main objectives:
Improve Financial Results: To accomplish this objective, the company needs to
increase sales and reduce costs, each of which will be represented as sub-objectives
with related KPIs. The Increase Sales sub-objective requires KPIs that track revenue
and unit prices. The Reduce Cost sub-objective requires KPIs that track the collect-to-
bill ratio and fixed costs.
Enhance Customer Satisfaction: To accomplish this objective, the company wants to
track and improve its early shipping percentages and its ratio of customers to sales
a
has
reps.
)
Starting a Scorecard
c om ide
1. In Oracle Business Intelligence, in the Global Header, select Newu>pScorecard.
u
r o t G
-g dandensave location:
2. The New Scorecard dialog box is displayed. Define the scorecard
a
a. For Name, enter Eden, Inc. Scorecard. tim tu
b. For Location, select /My Folders/My @
f a
Sales. his
S
a n e t
c. Verify that Use Default Perspectives
k h s
is selected.
u
a n t o
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Click OK to open the Scorecard Editor.
Adding Main Objectives to the Scorecard

Objectives are the required or desired outcomes that form your corporate strategy. You can
create an objective for an entire organization, for example, Oracle Corporation, or for a
department, for example, Sales department. When you create an objective, you assign it one or
more KPIs that are to be used to measure its progress and performance. You can create one or
more objectives. Objectives that you create should be measurable using KPIs and should be
strategically relevant.
1. In the Strategy pane, right-click Eden, Inc. Scorecard and select Create Objective to open
a new objective tab.
2. In the name field, enter Improve Financial Results.

3. In the Analytics pane, select the following options:
a. For Perspective, select Financial.
b. For Assessment Formula, select Weighted.
s a
c. For Indicator Type, select Lagging.
)h a
4. m
Click the Save button. The Improve Financial Results objective is added to the Strategy
co uide
pane under Sales Scorecard.
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
n
5. Repeat these steps to add the Enhance k Customer
t o us Satisfaction objective, with the
a
following specifications: lm
s a e n se
(
Perspective: Customer ic
n leWeighted
l
h aFormula:
rab
Assessment
a n KType:
Indicator f eLagging
a lmYourusea n s
SResearch
Note:
n - t and Development,toforrepresent
perspectives your key business competencies (Financial or
no Perspectives are categories in your
objectives.
example) that you can use to align initiatives and
organization with which to associate
initiatives, objectives, and KPIs. In this example you use the default perspectives that are
defined by the Balanced Scorecard Methodology.
6. Check your work:
Weighting the Main Objectives

You can assign weights to the child objectives, initiatives, and KPIs of an objective or initiative to
indicate how much it affects the performance of its parent objective.
1. In the Strategy pane, right-click Eden, Inc. Scorecard and select Open to display a tab for
scorecard options.
2. In the Assessment Formula drop-down list, select Weighted.
3. In the Indicator Type drop-down list, select Lagging.
4. In the Weight column of the Objectives & KPIs list, enter the following weights for the two
main objectives:
Improve Financial Results: 60%
Enhance Customer Satisfaction: 40%
5. Click the Save button to save your changes.
Add Sub-Objectives for Improve Financial Results

1. s a
In the Strategy pane, right-click Improve Financial Results and select Create Objective.
2. )h a
Add sub-objectives to Improve Financial Results based on the following table:
co um
Objective Name Perspective Assessment Formula p
u
Indicator ide
Type
Increase Sales Financial Weighted g ro Lagging
n t G
- e
a tudLeading
Reduce Cost Internal Process Weighted tim
@ fa is S
n
3. Save each sub-objective and check your work:
a e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S nweights
-t for the sub-objectives, click the Improve Financial Results tab.
o
4. To add
n
The following warning is displayed: A new child has been added whose weight
is initially set to zero. Please assign weight to the newly added
child and rebalance the other weights accordingly.
5. Click OK to dismiss the warning.
6. In the Objectives & KPIs list, adjust the weights for each sub-objective to 50%.
7. Click the Save button to save your changes.
Adding KPIs to the Increase Sales Objective
1. Click the Increase Sales tab.
2. In the Objectives & KPIs list, select Objects > Add KPI to display the Select a KPI dialog
box.
3. Browse to the My Folders/My Sales/KPIs folder, and select Revenue KPI. Click OK to add
the KPI.
4. In the Add KPI dialog box, you select any dimensions that are prompted in the KPI. You can
also select variables or instruct the KPI to use the scorecard point of view. Verify that Use
Point-of-View is selected for all of the dimensions of the Revenue KPI, and then click OK.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f
5. Notice that the KPI details are now displayed in theatObjectives
i s S& KPIs list.
@
an seto the
6. Add the Unit Price KPI (located in My Sales/KPIs) h
t Increase Sales objective. Use the
k h u
a n A newtochild
scorecard point of view for all the KPI dimensions.
7. The following message is displayed:
is initially set s
lm Please
toa zero.en se assign has been added whose weight
n ( thelicother weights accordingly. Click OK.

weight to the newly added
a
child and rebalance
h & KPIs b le set the weight of each KPI to 50%.
K a
l m an sfer
8. In the Objectives list,
Sa n-tran
no
9. Click the Save button to save the changes to the objective.
Create an Agent for the Revenue KPI

Agents enable you to automate your business processes. You want to add an agent to the
Revenue KPI that will send an email notification when the KPI status is critical.
Note: Agents configuration options are discussed in more detail in the lesson titled Using
Oracle Business Intelligence Delivers.
1. In the Strategy Pane, expand Eden, Inc. Scorecard > Improve Financial Results >
Increase Sales to display the KPIs.
2. Right-click Revenue KPI and select Create Agent to display the Create New Agent dialog
box.
3. Define the Agent:
a. In the Name field, enter Americas Revenue Warning.
b. In the Location drop-down box, select /My Folders/My Sales/KPIs.
c. In the Trigger Agent if KPI Status is drop-down box, select Warning.
d. In the Office Regions.D50 Region drop-down box, select Americas. Leave the other
dimensions set to Not Pinned.

4. Click OK.
5. The agent is displayed in a new window. If Firefox displays the message, Firefox
prevented this site from opening a pop-up window, then click Options and
select Show <popup window URL>.
6. Click the Condition tab. Notice that the condition When Revenue KPI is in Warning is
already defined.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f
7. Click Test to see how the condition evaluates. The atfollowing
i s Smessage is displayed: The
condition evaluates to True. Click
a n @
OK. t h
k h s e
u report called KPI Report: When Revenue
a n created
8. Click the Delivery Content tab. Notice that a KPI
t o
a l m nse
KPI is in Warning was automatically as the delivery content for the agent.
n (s lice
a
h able
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
9. View the delivery content for the agent:

a. In the agent window, in the Global header, click Catalog.
b. In the Folders pane, navigate to My Folders > My Sales > KPIs.
c. In the List pane, notice that an analysis called KPI Report: When Revenue KPI is in
Warning has been added to the files in the KPIs folder.
d. Click Open to view the analysis.
e. Notice that the analysis shows only data from the KPI where the status for the
AMERICAS region is Warning. Based on the agents configuration settings, this
analysis will be delivered to the specified users whenever the agent is either run
manually or scheduled to run.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
u Eden,t G
10. Close the window to return to your original browser window andothe Inc. Scorecard.
g r n
Adding KPIs to the Reduce Cost Objective i m a- tude
1. Click the Reduce Cost tab. f at is S
a
2. Add KPIs to the Reduce Cost objectivehbased
n@on thee th table (all KPIs are located in
following
s
the My Sales/KPIs folder):
a nk to u
KPI
s e se
alm Dimensions
n Weight
( c
an ble li Use Point-of-View selected 33.33%
Collect to Bill Ratio
h
a n K fera for all dimensions
a lmCostsrans
Fixed Use Point-of-View selected 66.67%
S n-t for all dimensions
nothe Save button to save the changes to the objective.
3. Click
4. In the scorecard point of view, in the A Sample Sales.Time.T03 Per Name Qtr drop-
down list, select 2009 Q1 and wait for the scorecard to refresh. KPI data is displayed in the
Objectives & KPIs list.
Adding KPIs to the Enhance Customer Satisfaction Objective
1. Click the Enhance Customer Satisfaction tab.
2. Add KPIs to the Enhance Customer Satisfaction objective based on the following table (all
KPIs are located in the My Sales/KPIs folder):
KPI Dimensions Weight
% Early Shipped Use Point-of-View selected 50%

for all dimensions
Customer by Sales Rep Use Point-of-View selected 50%
for all dimensions
3. Click the Save button to save the changes to the objective.
a
) has
4. Compare the results in your strategy pane to the following: c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Changing the Names of Point-of-View Dimensions
Notice that as you add KPIs to objectives, KPI dimensions are displayed in the Point-of-View
bar. The point-of-view column name is the default name for the dimension.
1. Click the Scorecard Settings icon to open the Settings dialog box.
2. Click the Dimension Settings tab.
3. Select the A Sample Sales.Office Regions.D50 Region dimension.
4. Click the Edit button to open the Edit Dimension Settings dialog box.
5. In the label field, enter Region to provide a more user-friendly name for the dimension.
6. Notice that the Edit Dimension Settings dialog box also enables you to select a default
starting value for a dimension.
7. Leave the other settings as they are and click OK to close the Edit Dimension Settings
dialog box.
8. Repeat the process to change the labels to more user-friendly names and select default
values for the remaining dimensions, as described in the following table:
Dimension Label Default Value
A Sample Sales.Time.T03 Per Name Qtr Quarter 2009 Q1
A Sample Sales.Products.Products Products
Hierarchy Hierarchy
9. Check your work:
10. Click OK to close the Settings dialog box. s a

)h a
Creating Scorecard Documents m
co uidwatchlist
e
In this section, you create a strategy tree diagram, a strategy wheel, andpa smart KPI
to analyze your scorecard data.
u
ro nt G
- g
a tude
1. Create a strategy tree diagram:
t i m
a button, S and select Create Strategy
a. In the Scorecard Documents pane, click thefCreate i s
Tree. @
an se t h
k h
n Notice
b. A strategy tree diagram is displayed.
objectives are displayedm byadefault.e t
o u that the total scorecard node and the main
( s al ens
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Click the expansion controls below the main objective nodes to view the sub-objectives
and KPIs until the diagram is fully expanded.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Click the Save As button to save the strategy tree diagram. Save the diagram to /My
Folders/MySales/Eden, Inc. Scorecard as Sales Strategy Tree. Notice that Sales
Strategy Tree is displayed in the Scorecard Documents pane.
2. Create a strategy wheel diagram.
a. On the Sales Strategy Tree tab, click the Wheel Diagram Type button to display
a strategy wheel diagram.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
b. Click the Save As button and save the strategy wheel diagram to My Folders/My
Sales/Eden, Inc. Scorecard as Sales Strategy Wheel. Notice that Sales Strategy
Wheel is displayed in the Scorecard Documents pane.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
3. Explore the strategy wheel diagram:
a. Double-click the Improve Financial Results objective to center the diagram on that
objective. Notice that the breadcrumb navigation path is displayed to the right of the
wheel diagram.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
b. Double-click the Increase Sales sub-objective to center the diagram on the sub-
objective.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Double-click the Eden, Inc. Scorecard breadcrumb to return the diagram to its original
state.
d. By default, strategy wheel diagrams show three levels of detail, but you can display
more or fewer levels by using the collapse and expansion rings on the outer edge of
the diagram. Click the expansion ring.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
e. Notice that the KPIs for the Increase Sales sub-objective are now displayed in the
outer level of the strategy wheel diagram.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
f. Click the collapse ring twice. Notice that only Sales Scorecard and the two main
objectives are displayed in the diagram.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
4. Create a smart KPI watchlist.

a. In the Scorecard Documents pane, click the Create button, and then select Create
Smart Watchlist.
b. A new smart watchlist tab is displayed. Notice that by default the smart watchlist is
populated with all of the scorecard objectives and KPIs.
c. Explore the smart watchlist filter tab options:
Relationship: Filter by a specific objective and specify how much of the hierarchy to
include.
Type: Specify which type of objects to include (objectives, initiatives, and KPIs).
Perspectives: Specify which types of perspectives to include.
Performance: Filter the objects displayed in the watchlist by score, status, %

Variance, or % Change.
Ownership: Filter the objects displayed in the watchlist by business owner.
d. Click the Save As button and save the smart watchlist to My Folders/My Sales/Eden,
Inc. Scorecard as Sales Smart Watchlist.
Viewing Your Scorecard

1. In the Global header, click Catalog.
2. In the Folders pane, select My Folders > My Sales.
a
has
3. In the right pane, locate Eden, Inc. Scorecard and click Open. The Overview tab of the
scorecard is displayed. The Overview tab provides summary information for an initiative,
)
c om ide
objective, or KPI. In this case, the Overview tab provides summary information for the root
r o up t Gu
objective, Eden, Inc. Scorecard. Here you can view summary information about the status
of child and descendant objects, such as objectives, KPIs, and so forth.
a -g den
4. In the Descendants section, click the OK link for KPIs to open the Sales Scorecard
atim is Stu
Breakdown tab. You use the Breakdown tab of the Scorecard editor to view and manage
f
h a n@ e th
the objects that are used to evaluate the performance of an initiative or an objective. Using
s
this tab, you can filter the objects in the list by descendants or children, by object type, and
nk to u
by status. For example, for an objective, you might want to show only the child KPIs that
a
( s alm ense
have a status of OK. You cannot save this tab.
5. Return to the Overview tab.
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
6. Notice the Scorecard Breadth pane. You use this pane to view pie graphs that show how
n
lma ransfe
evenly the objectives (and the KPIs that support them) that compose your scorecard are
a
distributed among the following categories: Financial versus non-financial, Internal versus
S n-t
external, Leading versus lagging. These pie graphs are helpful to determine how balanced
no
your scorecard is. Move the mouse over a pie graph to view a description of the graph.
7. Double-click Improve Financial Results in the Strategy pane to view this objective in the
right pane.
8. Expand Enhance Customer Satisfaction in the Strategy pane and double-click % Early
Shipped to view this KPI in the right pane. You can also right-click the object and select
Open.
9. Use the dimensions in the Point-of-View bar to manipulate the KPI and view different
results.
10. Move the mouse over the KPI graph to view pop-up information.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
u
a -g den
atim Oracle
Creating
f S tu Business
a n @ this Dashboards
Intelligence
k h Chapter
u se12
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 12: Creating Oracle Business Intelligence Dashboards

Chapter 12 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you add content you have created to your personal dashboard.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 12 - Page 2
Practice 12-1: Adding Content and Pages to a Dashboard
Goal
In this practice, you populate your personal dashboard with content.
Scenario
Populate the default personal dashboard with analysis content created in previous practices and
configure the dashboard and its properties. Then publish a dashboard page to share the content
with other users.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
1. Set your account settings so that your starting page is My Dashboard rather than the Home
page. s a
a
)h
b. In the Global Header select <Username> > My Account.
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f
c. On the Preferences tab of the My Account dialog at box,isverify
S that My Dashboard is
@ h
an list.sIfenot,t select it.
selected in the Starting Page drop-down
k h u
a n t o
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Click OK to close the My Account dialog box.

e. You should see the My Dashboard page. If not, click the Dashboards button in the
Global Header and select My Dashboard.
f. The dashboard is currently empty. Click the Edit link/icon to open the dashboard in the
Dashboard Builder.

Chapter 12 - Page 3
g. Notice that by default the Dashboard Builder displays an empty page (page 1).
a
2.
has
Rename page 1 of the dashboard and view and edit the dashboard properties options to
make changes to the pages and appearance. )
a. Click the Tools button c om ide
and select Dashboard Properties.
r o up t Gu
b. In the Dashboard Properties dialog box, retain the default Style for the dashboard.
a -g den
Styles control how dashboards and results are formatted for display, such as the color
atim is Stu
of text and links and so on. When you select a style from the drop-down list, you are
f
properties.
h a n@ e th
applying a preset cascading style sheet that controls overall dashboard appearance
s
nk to u
c. Click the Edit button for the Dashboard Report links. Using the options in this dialog
a
( s alm ense
box, you can add links for users to perform actions on the content of a dashboard. This
setting affects the defaults of the entire dashboard. You can also set these properties
a n e l ic
for individual pages of the dashboard by clicking the Tools button and selecting Page
Kh rab l
Report Links. The default for page report links is Inherit Dashboard Settings. Select
n
a lma ransfe
Analyze, Edit, Refresh, and Copy.
S n-t
no
d. Click OK to close the Report Links dialog box.

e. In the Dashboard Pages section, select page 1 in the pages list.
f. Click the Rename button to open the Rename dialog box.
g. Change the name to APAC Region Analysis. Notice that you could choose to
preserve references to the old name of this item. Leave this option deselected.

Chapter 12 - Page 4
h. Click OK to close the Rename dialog box and verify that the page name is changed.
i. Notice that there are buttons to delete pages and reorder pages when there are
multiple pages.
j. Notice also that you can hide a page, and choose to present an option to the user to
add the page to a briefing book. This option is different from the Report Links that you
just set, in that it acts on the entire dashboard page and the option appears in the Page
Options menu. You learn more about briefing books in Lesson 17: Oracle BI Briefing
Books.
k. Click OK to close the Dashboard Properties dialog box.
l. Verify that the page name is changed in the dashboard.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
m. Click the Save
K h ab button lin the Dashboard Builder to save the dashboard.
an to the
3. Add content f r
eRegional Analysis page.
l m s
athatn the Page Layout pane initially has no content in it.
Sa.b.a Notice
- t r
noInnthe Catalog pane, expand My Folders > My Sales.

Chapter 12 - Page 5
c. Drag the APAC Region Sales with Graph analysis onto the Page Layout pane.
Notice that a column is added, within which a section is added containing the
embedded analysis.
4. Explore the column formatting options.
a. Hover over Column 1, click the Properties button , and select Column Properties. a
b. has
Notice that the Column Properties dialog box includes the same Cell, Border, and other
)
interface elements. c om ide
formatting options and tools familiar from formatting containers and other analysis and
r o up t Gu
c. Set the background color to light grey and click OK to close the Column Properties
dialog box. a -g den
5. f atim is Stu
Explore and modify section properties.
h a n@ e th
a. Hover over Section 1, click the Properties button, and select Format Section.
s
nk to u
b. Notice that the Section Properties dialog box includes the same Cell, Border, and other
a
alm ense
formatting options and tools. Leave the default settings for the section and click OK.
n ( s
c. Click the Properties button and select Rename.
l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
d. In the Rename dialog box, enter APAC Region Sales and click OK. The section name
is updated.
a lma ransfe
e. Click the Properties button and verify that Drill in Place is not selected. You do this
S n-t because this analysis is set to drive master-detail events when drilling instead of drilling
no to the next level of the hierarchy. You use Drill in Place to show new results directly in
the dashboard, replacing the original analysis. The area occupied by the original
analysis resizes automatically to hold the new results.
f. Verify that the Collapsible option is selected. You use this option to specify whether
the user can expand and collapse this section on a dashboard page or whether the
section is always expanded.
g. Set the Show Section Header and Show Section Title options, which display the title
you created for the section in a header across the top of the section.
h. Save the dashboard.


Chapter 12 - Page 6
i. Click the Preview button to display the results of your work so far. Your dashboard
should look similar to the screenshot.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
j. Close the preview browser window.
g r ou nt G
6. Set the APAC Region Sales with Graph analysis to appear
i m a-in thetusection
de as a link that,
when clicked, opens the analysis within the section. t
faProperties S
a. Move your cursor over the analysis, click n @the t h i s button , and select Display
Results. h a s e
a nk is settotouEmbedded in Section, which means the
b. Notice that by default the analysis
alm enand
analysis executes automatically
s sedisplays its results directly in the dashboard page.
c. Notice therea n
are
( c to display results. Link - Within the Dashboard
two otherlioptions
displaysK ah l e
b must click to execute the request and see the results within
link that users
n
theadashboard. r a
feLink -and
In a Separate Window displays a link that users must click to
a lm n
executeathe srequest see the results in a new window.
Sd. Select- t r
n Display Results > Link - Within the Dashboard.
n o
e. Save the dashboard.
f. Click Run to test the change.
g. Click the APAC Region Sales with Graph link to open the analysis in the section.
h. Click the Return link in the bottom left corner.
i. Click the Page Options button and select Edit Dashboard to return to the
Dashboard Builder.
7. Rename the report in the dashboard.
a. Click the Properties button for the analysis and select Rename.

Chapter 12 - Page 7
b. In the Rename dialog box, change the name to APAC Region Sales and select the
Use Dashboard Object name as link text option. This option is available when you
rename an analysis in the Dashboard builder. You use this option to specify whether to
use the new name of the analysis as the link text when you display analysis results as
a link on a dashboard. Select this box to use the new name you specify. Deselect this
box to use the name with which the analysis is stored in the catalog.
c. Click OK.
d. Save and run the dashboard to verify the change.
e. Return to the Dashboard Builder.

8. Explore the other analysis properties you can set.
a. Click the Properties button for the analysis. s a
)h a
b. The Report Links option allows you to override the default settings for the report links
m
co uide
you have set for the overall dashboard.
p
g r ou nt G
c. The Show View option allows you to select any compiled view for the analysis to
i m a- tude
display in the dashboard. The default is to display the Compound View.
at is S
d. Edit Analysis opens the analysis in the Analysis Editor.
f
h a n@ e th
e. Reset the analysis to appear embedded in the section instead of as a link.
s
nk to u
f. Save the dashboard.
9. a
Set a condition on the section. If the condition returns true for the Boolean value, then the
s alm ense
section appears, if not it is collapsed.
(
a n l ic
a. Click the Properties button for the APAC Region Sales section and select Condition.
e
Kh Condition l
b. In the
a n Section
f e rab dialog box, click the New Condition button .
c. lm
a In the New
a n sCondition dialog box, select Analysis in the Create condition based on
S drop-down
n r
-t list and click Browse.
o
d.n In the Select Analysis dialog box, browse to the My Sales folder and select the
Products APAC Region 2009 analysis.
e. Click OK. The New Condition dialog box is populated with condition information from
the analysis.
f. Set True If Row Count is less than 10.

Chapter 12 - Page 8
g. Click Test.
h. You should receive the message that the condition evaluates to TRUE.
i. Click OK to close the Test.

j. Click OK to close the New Condition dialog box.
k. Click OK to close the Section Condition dialog box.
l. Save and run the dashboard. The section is displayed.
m. Navigate back to the Dashboard Builder, click the Properties button for the section,
and select Condition.
n. s a
In the Section Condition dialog box, click the More button and select Edit Condition.
o. Set True If Row Count is greater than 10.
a
)h
m
co uide
p
p. Click Test. You should receive the message that the condition
g r ou evaluates
n t G to FALSE.
-
a tude
t i m
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
q. Click OK to close
a n l
the Test.
e ic
r. Click OK l
Ktohcloseratheb New Condition dialog box.
s. m
n fe the Section Condition dialog box.
a OK tosclose
Click
a l n
a run the dashboard. The section is not displayed because the condition
St. Save
n - trand
n oevaluated to false.
u. Navigate back to the Dashboard Builder, click the Properties button for the section
and select Condition.
v. In the Section Condition dialog box, click the More button and select Remove
Condition. Notice that you could also save the condition to the Catalog for reuse.
w. Click OK.
x. Save and run the dashboard and verify that the section is now visible.
10. Add a new page to My Dashboard.

a. Open the Dashboard Editor.
b. Click Add Dashboard Page to open the Add Dashboard Page dialog box.
c. Name the page Products APAC Region.
d. Click OK to close the Add Dashboard Page dialog box.
e. The Products APAC Region page is added to the dashboard.

Chapter 12 - Page 9
11. Add content to the new page and modify the page properties.
a. In the Catalog pane expand My Folders > My Sales.
b. Drag Products APAC Region 2009 into the Page Layout pane.
c. Drag Product Sales into the Page Layout pane and drop it below Products APAC
Region 2009 inside of Section 1 so that both analyses are in the same section.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
d. Rename Section 1 to Products APAC
h a n@ e h set section properties to show
Region tand
section title.
a n k to us
e. Click Horizontal Layout
a l mto display
n s ethe analyses horizontally within the section.
n (s lice
f. Save and h a b le
run the dashboard.
K r a
l m anthat the
g. Verify
s f eanalyses are displayed horizontally in the Products APAC Region page.
Sa n-tran
no
12. Verify that your personal dashboard is now set as the default start page, and then reset
your default to Home Page.
a. Sign out of Oracle Business Intelligence and then sign back in. You should default to
My Dashboard upon sign in.
b. In your account settings, change the default to Home Page.
c. Sign out, sign back in, and verify that the sign-in default is the Home page.

13. Create a new dashboard.
a. Select New > Dashboard.
b. Name the dashboard APAC Region Analysis Shared.
c. Change the location to /Shared Folders/<username>; for example, /Shared
Folders/weblogic. Create a folder for your username if it doesnt already exist.
d. For content, select Add content later (Create empty dashboard).
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
u tG
g r o n
e. Click OK.
a - d e
f a im Stuand confirm that the new
f. Navigate to Shared Folders > <username> > tDashboards
dashboard is visible.
n@ browser s
thiwindow
g. Click Open to open the dashboardhin
k a a new s e and confirm that the new
n
dashboard currently has no content. t o u
m a e
h. Close the new browser
( s al window.
e n s
14. Publish a page from nMy Dashboard
ausers. c
li to the APAC Region Analysis Shared dashboard to
h l e
rab and open Dashboard Builder.
share with other
a n Kto My
a. Navigate f eDashboard
a lm a n s
b.
S n-t Selectr the Products APAC Region page.
c. oClick the Tools button and select Publish Page to Dashboard.
n
d. Click OK to continue when you receive the message about private reports.
e. The Publish Page to Dashboard dialog box is displayed. Click Browse in the Publish
Page to Dashboard dialog box.
f. In the Select Dashboard dialog box, navigate to /Shared
Folders/<username>/Dashboards.
g. Select the APAC Region Analysis Shared dashboard. This is the dashboard to which
you will publish the page from your dashboard.

h. Click OK. The Publish Page to Dashboard dialog box should look similar to the
screenshot:
i. Click OK. A confirmation dialog box appears:
s a
)h a
m
co uide
j. Click OK. p
u tG
g r o> APAC nRegion Analysis
k. In the Global Header, select Dashboards > <username>
a - d e
atim isandStverifyu
Shared to open the dashboard.
f
l. Click the APAC Region Analysis Shared dashboard
@ published that the Products
APAC Region dashboard page wasa n
successfully t h to the shared dashboard.
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

m. In the Catalog browser, navigate to Shared Folders > <username> and verify that the
two analyses are copied to this folder. When you publish a dashboard page personal
content (such as analyses, prompts, and so on) is copied to a destination location that
you specify and references are updated as appropriate.
s a
h a
) assigned
n. Check the permissions for the analyses. Any user who is a member of the
application roles will have access to these objects. c m
o ide

p Gu
15. Verify that other users have access to the shared dashboard. ou
r
-gpassword n t
a. Sign out and sign back in with username BBERRY and
m a u d e BBERRY12. Recall
f a t i
that BBERRY is a member of the BI Author application t
role.
S
b. In the Global Header, select Dashboards
n @ h
> <username>
t i s > APAC Region Analysis
Shared to open the dashboard. ha e
c. Select the Products APACaRegion nk page.t o us
d. Verify that both analyses
s n se
almareedisplayed.
n ( l ic
a
e. Sign out of Oracle BI.
l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u t G13:
a - d e
atim is SOracle
Configuring
f tu Business
h a nIntelligence
@ th Dashboards
e
k u s
a n o 13
Chapter
t
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 13: Configuring Oracle Business Intelligence Dashboards

Chapter 13 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you embed external content and alerts in your dashboard.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 13 - Page 2
Practice 13-1: Embedding Content in a Dashboard
Goal
In this practice, you add content other than analyses to a dashboard.
Scenario
You have a dashboard with content generated by Oracle Business Intelligence analyses. You
want to add additional content from sources other than an analysis. You embed an HTML link
and an Alerts section.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
1. Add an Oracle web page as embedded content in a dashboard.
a
has
)
b. Click the Open button in the Global Header and select My Dashboard APAC
Region Analysis in the Recent section. c om ide
o up t Gu
c. Click the Page Options button and select Edit Dashboard.
r
d. Click the APAC Region Analysis page. a -g den
atim is Stu
e. Drag the Embedded Content object from the Dashboard Objects pane into Column 1
f
h a n@ e th
below the APAC Region Sales analysis.
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
f. Click the Properties button for the Embedded Content 1 object.

g. In the Embedded Content Properties dialog box, enter
http://www.oracle.com/technology/tech/bi/index.html in the URL field,
set the width to 1000px and the height to 500px. Do not select the Hide Scroll Bars
option.

Chapter 13 - Page 3
h. Confirm your settings:
Note: The URL that you specify should begin with http:// unless you plan to use an
item that is saved on the web server. If you use a network path to indicate the location
of the item, then ensure that you use the exact path. Items that are embedded on a
shared dashboard must be located on a network drive that is accessible to all users.
a
i.
j.
Click OK.
) has
Save the dashboard and then click Run to view the results in the dashboard. You may
c om ide
have to scroll down to see the embedded content, and scroll within the embedded web
page using the scroll bars.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 13 - Page 4
2. Add an Alert Section. This section will display any active alerts that are delivered to a user.
a. Open the Dashboard Editor and select the APAC Region Analysis page.
b. Drag a Column object from the Dashboard Objects pane to the top of the Page Layout
pane, above the other column.
c. Drag an Alert Section object onto the new column. Notice that the Alerts Section
object behaves like a Section object, but that its properties are similar to those of a
column. Your Page Layout pane should look like this:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Save and run the dashboard. Notice that the Alert section does not display in the
dashboard. This is because you have no active alerts at this time.

Chapter 13 - Page 5
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 13 - Page 6
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u t G14:
a - d e
f atim Dashboard
Creating S tu Prompts
a and
n e this
@ Variables
n kh Chapter
o us 14
a t
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 14: Creating Dashboard Prompts and Variables

Chapter 14 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you build dashboard prompts and declare and populate variables.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 14 - Page 2
Practice 14-1: Overview
Goal
In this practice, you create prompts and add them to a dashboard.
Scenario
Add a presentation variable to an analysis to be populated by a dashboard prompt. Then, create

a dashboard prompt and add it to a dashboard page, populating the variable. Finally, add a
slider dashboard prompt to filter the revenue measure in the dashboard.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
In an earlier practice, you created an inline column prompt and saved it with an analysis,
s a
allowing users to select different values to filter results. A named dashboard prompt for filtering
a
)h
data is created in the same way. In this practice, you create a variable dashboard prompt to
m
declare and instantiate a Presentation variable, then test and populate the variable with values,
co uide
p
which you then reference in different ways, including an analysis column and Title view as well
r ou nt G
as a filter in a separate analysis. Finally, you add a slider dashboard prompt to filter revenue on
g
your dashboard.
i m a- tude
1. Create new analyses with prompted columns. f at is S
h a n@ e th
a. If necessary, open Oracle BI Presentation Services and sign in.
s
a nk to u
b. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following new analysis:
C50 Region, C52 Country Name, 1- Revenue.
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
l
h ab > Filter for the C50 Region column to open the New Filter
c. ClickntheKMore Options
l m a box.sfer
dialog
Sd.a Innthe
- an field, select Is Prompted.
trOperator
e.no Click OK to close the New Filter dialog box.
f. Save the analysis as Region Country Revenue in the My Sales folder.
g. Use the A - Sample Sales subject area to create the following new analysis:
C50 Region, C51 Area, 1- Revenue.
h. Click the More Options > Filter for the C50 Region column to open the New Filter
dialog box.
i. In the Operator field, select Is Prompted.
j. Click OK to close the New Filter dialog box.
k. Save the analysis as Region Area Revenue in the My Sales folder.
2. Create a dashboard prompt that includes a presentation variable and filters results in a
dashboard based on user selection of a region.
a. In the Global Header, click the New button and select Dashboard Prompt.
b. Select the A - Sample Sales subject area from the Subject Area pop-up window.

Chapter 14 - Page 3
c. Click the New button and select Column Prompt. The Select Column dialog box
appears.
d. Expand Customers > Cust Regions and double-click C50 Region to select it and
open the New Prompt: C50 Region dialog box.
e. In the Label field, enter Select a Region:.
f. Expand Options.
g. Deselect Enable user to type values.

h. Set Default selection to Specific Values and use the Select Values button to select
APAC.
i. In the Set a variable drop-down list select Presentation Variable.
j. In the text field enter FavoriteRegion.
k. Check your work.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
l. Click OK to close the New Prompt: C50 Region dialog box.

Chapter 14 - Page 4
m. In the Display pane, open the C50 Region choice list and verify that all three regions
are visible.
n. In the Display pane, click the Edit button for the page to open the Edit Page Settings
dialog box.
o. In the Title field enter Region Prompt.
p. In the Instruction field enter Select a region from the list to filter
your dashboard.
q. In the Prompt Display field select Place label above prompt.
r. Check your work.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n fe the Edit Page Settings dialog box.
a tosclose
s. lm
Click OKn
a
S n-tra
no
t. Save the prompt as Region Prompt in My Sales.

3. Create a new dashboard and add the dashboard prompt and analyses you created.
a. In the Global Header, click the New button and select Dashboard.
b. In the New Dashboard dialog box, enter Dashboard: Region Sales as the name.
c. Change the location to /My Folders/My Sales.
d. Click OK when you receive the warning This dashboard will not appear in the
Dashboards menu.

Chapter 14 - Page 5
e. Select the Add content now option.
f. Click OK. The Dashboard Builder appears.
g. Expand My Folders > My Sales in the Catalog pane.
h. Drag the Region Prompt object onto the Page Layout pane.
i. Drag the Region Area Revenue analysis below Region Prompt in the same section.
j. Drag the Region Country Revenue analysis below Region Area Revenue in the same
section.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
Sk. Save
n -t and run the dashboard.
n o

Chapter 14 - Page 6
l. Confirm that the selected value for Region Prompt is APAC and that both analyses are
updated as expected.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
m. Select a different value or values from Region Prompt, click Apply, and confirm that
both analyses are updated as expected.
4. Reference the presentation variable in the title views of the analyses.
a. Open the Dashboard Editor.
b. Click the Properties button for the Region Area Revenue analysis and select Edit
Analysis.
c. In the Compound Layout, click the Edit View button for the Title view.
d. In the Title editor, deselect the Display Saved Name option.

Chapter 14 - Page 7
e. In the Title field, enter @{FavoriteRegion} Region Area Revenue.
f. Click Done.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n fe
a lma rthe
g. Save
n
analysis.
s
S n-t a
no

Chapter 14 - Page 8
h. Repeat the steps to add the presentation variable to the Title view of the Region
Country Revenue analysis.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
i. Save the analysis.
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 14 - Page 9
j. Navigate back to Dashboard: Region Sales and verify that the presentation variable
is populated correctly in the title of the analysis.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
5. Create a slider dashboard prompt. Slider prompts are useful for enabling real-time
interaction with a data series.
a. In the Global Header, Click the New button and select Dashboard Prompt.
b. Select the A - Sample Sales subject area from the Subject Area pop-up window.
c. Click the New button and select Column Prompt. The Select Column dialog box
appears.
d. Select Facts > Base Facts > 1- Revenue to open the New Prompt dialog box. Slider
prompts work with numeric columns.
e. In the User Input drop-down list, select Slider.

f. In the Operator field, select is greater than. This creates a thumb slider. To create a
range slider, you would select the Between operator.
g. Set the Lower Limit to 1000000 and the upper limit to 7000000.
h. Notice that you can add a spinbox to the slider. The user can click arrows to select a
value. When the user clicks the spinboxs arrows, the slider resets to the same value.
Deselect this option, but retain the default to compress values in the slider.
i. Leave the defaults for the slider orientation and size and check your work:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
j. Click OK.
k. Experiment with the slider in the Display pane.
l. Save the prompt as Revenue Slider Dashboard Prompt in the My Sales folder.

6. Add the slider prompt to a dashboard.
a. Navigate to Dashboard: Region Sales and open it in the Dashboard Builder.
b. Add Revenue Slider Dashboard Prompt below Region Prompt.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n
c. Save the dashboard. e l ic
l
Kh ra>bEdit Analysis to open the Region Area Revenue analysis in the
n
d. Select Properties
a Editor. fe
a lm
Analysis n s
traCriteria tab, click the More Options button for the 1- Revenue column and
Se. Onn-the
noselect Filter.
f. In the New Filter dialog box, select is prompted as the operator.
g. Click OK to close the New Filter dialog box.
h. Save the analysis.
i. Open the Region Country Revenue analysis and repeat the steps to set the 1-
Revenue filter to is prompted.
j. Save the analysis.
k. Navigate back to Dashboard: Region Sales.

7. Use the drop-down list, slider, and Apply and Reset buttons to experiment with different
combinations of the two dashboard prompts. Note that Reset > Reset to last applied
values will reset the prompt to the last successfully run analysis using the prompt. Reset >
Reset to default values will reset the prompt to the default value for the prompt.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
8. Hide a prompts apply and reset buttons.

a. Open the Dashboard builder for Dashboard: Region Sales.
b. Select Tools > Dashboard Properties to open the Dashboard Properties dialog box.
c. Expand the list for Prompt Apply Buttons. You use this list to specify if you want to
include or exclude the prompts Apply buttons on the dashboard at run time. This
setting applies to the entire dashboard, but you can override this setting on individual
dashboard pages.

d. Notice there are three options:
Use page settings Select this option to use the Apply buttons as
defined by the dashboard page settings.
Show All Apply buttons Select this option to override the dashboard page
settings Apply button preferences and show the
Apply buttons for the prompts included on the
dashboard and embedded analyses.

Hide All Apply buttons Select this option to override the dashboard page
settings Apply button preferences and hide the
Apply buttons for the prompts included on the
dashboard and embedded analyses.
e. Select Hide All Apply buttons.
f. Expand the list for Prompt Reset Buttons. You use this list to specify if you want to
include or exclude the prompts Reset buttons on the dashboard at run time. Similar to
the setting for Prompt Apply Buttons, this setting applies to the entire dashboard, but a
has
you can override this setting on individual dashboard pages.
)
g. Select Hide All Reset buttons.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
h. Click OK to close the Dashboard Properties dialog box.
-g den
i. Select Tools > Prompts Buttons on Current Page. This is where you would specify
a
atim is Stu
the same prompt settings for an individual page. There is only one page in this
f
dashboard, so you have specified the prompt settings at the dashboard level.
j. Save and run the dashboard.
h a n@ e th
s
nk to u
k. Notice that the Apply and Reset buttons are no longer visible.
a
( s alm ense
l. Select prompt values using the drop-down list and slider and notice that the specified
prompt value is immediately applied to the dashboard.
a n e l ic
9.
Kh rab l
Display an Edit link with a prompt.
n
lma ransfe
a. Return to the Dashboard Builder for Dashboard: Region Sales.
ab. Place your cursor over the Region Prompt object in the Page Layout area to display
S n-t the objects toolbar, click the Properties button , and select Prompt Links to open
no the Prompt Links dialog box.
c. Select Edit to specify that this link should be displayed with the prompt at run time.
When users with the proper privileges click the Edit link, the prompt is displayed in the
Prompt editor where users can edit the prompt definition.
d. Leave Copy deselected. You would use this option to specify whether the Copy link is
displayed with the prompt at run time. This link enables users to copy the prompt in its
current state (that is, the prompt definition with the default or selected prompt values)
to Microsoft Excel or Word, in which Oracle Business Intelligence Add-in for Microsoft
Office has been installed and configured.
e. Click OK to close the Prompt Links dialog box.

f. Save and run the dashboard.
g. Notice that the Edit link is displayed for the Region Prompt object in the dashboard.

h. Click Edit to open the prompt in the Prompt editor.
10. Add a new column prompt.
a. Select New > Column Prompt.
b. Select Products > P2 Product Type and click OK to open the New Prompt dialog box.
c. In the Label field enter Product Type.
d. Leave the Operator field set to is equal to / is in.

e. Leave the User Input field set to Choice List.
f. Expand Options.
g. Deselect Enable user to select multiple values and Enable user to type values.
h. Leave all other defaults as they are.
i. Check your work:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
j. Click OK to close the New Prompt dialog box.

11. Change the prompt layout. You can specify a row-based or column-based layout for your
prompts.
a. Notice the Column-based layout button is selected by default.

b. In the Display pane, notice that the prompt columns are displayed in a single column
(one under the other).
c. Select New Column for the Product Type column prompt. a

d. ) has
In the Display pane, notice that each prompt is now displayed as a separate column.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
h ab
KNew l
e. Deselect
a n f r
eColumn for the Product Type column prompt.
l m s
athenRow-based layout button .
Sf.g.a InSelect
- t r
n onthe Display pane, notice that the prompts are now displayed in a single row.
12. Edit the page settings for the prompt.
a. Select Page1: Region Prompt.
b. Click the Edit button to open the Edit Page Settings dialog box.
c. Change the title to Region / Product Type Prompt.
d. Change the instructions to Select region and product type from the
lists to filter your dashboard.
e. Accept the remaining settings and click OK to close the Edit Page Settings dialog box.
f. Save the prompt.

13. Edit the analyses in the dashboard to use the new column prompt.
a. Navigate to Dashboard: Region Sales and confirm that the prompt changes have
been applied.
b. Open the Dashboard Builder for Dashboard: Region Sales.

c. s a
Select Properties > Edit Analysis for Region Area Revenue to open the analysis in
the Analysis editor. )h a
d. Add Products > P2 Product Type to the analysis. m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
a - de
t
e. Apply an is prompted filter to the Type column. i m t u
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
f. Save the analysis. sal
m nse
n ( l i e column with an is prompted filter for the Region
cType
a
g. Repeat the steps to add the
le
h abanalysis.
CountryKRevenue
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
h. Save the analysis.

i. Return to Dashboard: Region Sales.

j. Confirm that the prompt has the display you defined, and that the prompts work as
expected. Make some selections in the prompts and verify the results:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
k.Click the down arrow for the Product Type drop-down list and then select Search to
open the Select Values dialog box.
l. Leave Starts selected in the Name field, type S in the blank field, and click Search to
search for product types starting with S.
m. Experiment with other matching level and value combinations and then select a value
to close the Select Values dialog box and view the results in your dashboard. You
compare this search functionality with auto-complete functionality in the next set of
steps.
14. Enable auto-complete functionality for a prompt.
a. Select <username> > My Account.
b. On the Preferences tab, make sure Prompts Auto-Complete is set to On. The
administrator has already modified the system configuration file to enable the auto-
complete functionality for Oracle BI EE. If auto-complete is enabled for Oracle BI EE
and for individual dashboards, users can disable the auto-complete prompts
functionality for their accounts by setting the Prompts Auto Complete field in the "My

Account dialog: Preferences tab to Off. Setting this option to Off overrides the system
and dashboard settings, and no auto-complete functionality will appear for the user.
c. Click OK to close the My Account dialog box.
d. Open the Dashboard Builder for Dashboard: Region Sales.
e. Open Dashboard Properties.
f. Confirm that Prompts Auto-Complete is set to Use user preference settings. This is
the default. If auto-complete is enabled for Oracle BI EE, then the dashboard designer
can remove the auto complete functionality from individual dashboards by setting the
Prompts Auto-Complete field to Off in the Dashboard Properties dialog box. However,
the auto-complete prompts functionality will be available for other dashboards where
the Prompts Auto Complete setting is set to User Preference.
g. Click OK to close the Dashboard Properties dialog box.
h. Place your cursor over the Region Prompt object in the Page Layout area to display
the objects toolbar, click the Properties button , and select Edit to open the prompt
in the Prompt editor.
a
has
i. Select the row for the Product Type prompt.
j. )
Click the Edit button to open the Edit Prompt dialog box.
k. Expand Options. c om ide
l. o up t Gu
Select Enable user to type values. Auto-complete is available only for the Choice List
r
a -g den
prompt type when this option is selected.
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
m. Click OK to close the Edit Prompt dialog box.

n. Save the prompt.
o. Return to Dashboard: Region Sales.

p. Click the down arrow for the Product Type drop-down list and then select Search to
open the Select Values dialog box.
q. Leave Starts selected in the Name field and type A in the blank field to search for
product types starting with A.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
a n k to us
r. Type Au to further narrow the search.
Contains.e
s. In the Name field, selectm
s a l ns
( c e
h an ble li
a n K fera
a lm rans
S n-t
no

Explanation: When the administrator properly configures the prompts setting in the
Oracle BI EE instance configuration file, the auto-complete functionality highlights
matching values when the user accesses the Select Values dialog box to search for a
prompt value. The administrator sets a default matching level. In this example, the
default is Starts (StartsWith). However, the matching level is not determined by the
preference set by the administrator. Instead, the user selects the matching level in the
Select Values dialog box. Match Case is available because the auto-complete
functionality is set to case-sensitive in the Oracle BI EE instance configuration file.

t. Experiment with other matching level and value combinations and then select a value
to close the Select Values dialog box and view the results in your dashboard. The
screenshot shows an example.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
15. Save personal customizations for Dashboard: Region Sales.

a. Set the Region prompt to APAC and the Product Type prompt to Audio.

b. Select Page Options > Save Current Customization to open the Save Current
Customization dialog box.
c. Name the customization APAC Audio.
d. Set Save for to Me.
e. Select Make this my default for this page.
f. Click OK.
g. Repeat the steps and add a second customization named AMERICAS Cell Phones,
but leave APAC Audio as the default.
h. Select Page Options > Edit Saved Customizations and check your work. You can use
this dialog box to rename, modify, delete, and control access to your saved
customizations.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
Si. Leave
n -t the settings as they are and click OK to close the Edit Saved Customizations
n o
dialog box.
j. Navigate to My Dashboard and then navigate back to Dashboard: Region Sales and
confirm that your default saved customization is applied.
k. Select Page Options > Apply Saved Customization > AMERICAS Cell Phones to
apply the other saved customization.

a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
u
a -g den
atim is BI
Integrating
f StuContent with
h a nMS@Office
e th
nk Chapter
t o us 15
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 15: Integrating BI Content with MS Office

Chapter 15 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you will learn how to set up Smart View and insert Oracle BI EE views into
Smart View.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 15 - Page 2
Practice 15-1: Setting Up Smart View
Overview
In this practice, you install the Smart View client and create a connection to the Oracle BI
server.
Downloading and Installing the Smart View Client

1. In Oracle Business Intelligence, click Home to return to the Home page.
2. Under Get Started, click Download BI Desktop Tools, and select Smart View for MS
Office.
3. The Opening SmartView.exe dialog box is displayed. Click Save File.
The file is saved to the Downloads folder on your local drive.
4. In the Downloads pop-up window, right-click SmartView.exe and select Open.
The Smart View client installer is started.
5. In the language selection drop-down box, select English (United States), and click OK.
s a
6. When the installer finishes running, click Finish. )h a
m
co uide
Verifying the Oracle BI EE Extension in Smart View p
1. From the Start menu, select All Programs > Microsoft Office g r o> uMicrosoft
n t GOffice Excel
2007 to open Excel.
-
a tude
t i m
2. Click the Smart View ribbon tab.
@ fa is S
n
3. Click Options to open the Options dialogabox. e th
h us
nk extensions.
4. Click Extensions to view the installed
a t o
s almextension
5. Notice that the Oracle BI EE
e n seis enabled.
n ( l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. Click Cancel.

Chapter 15 - Page 3
Creating a Connection to the Oracle BI Server
1. On the Smart View tab, click Panel to open the Smart View panel.
2. Click Private Connections to open the Private Connections list.
3. Links to Oracle BI servers are added as private connections. Add an Oracle BI server
connection: a
has
a. At the bottom of the Smart View panel, click Create new connection.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
b. For connection provider type, select Oracle BI EE.

Chapter 15 - Page 4
c. The Add Connection URL dialog box is displayed. Enter the following URL:
http://localhost:7001/analytics/jbips
s a
)h a
m
co uide
d. Click Finish. p
r ouyournBIt G
e. The Connection to Data Source dialog box is displayed.gEnter username and
a - e
password, and then click Connect.
tim SIntuthedName field, enter
f. The Save as Private Connection dialog box fisadisplayed.
BISAMPLE, and then click OK.
a n @ this
k h inuthesePrivate Connections list.
The BISAMPLE connection is displayed
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Viewing the BI Catalog in Smart View
1. In the Private Connections list, expand the BISAMPLE connection.
2. The Connect to Data Source dialog box is displayed again. Enter your BI username and
password, and then click Connect.
3. The Catalog Root folder is displayed. This folder is similar to the catalog folder in Oracle BI.
Expand the Catalog Root folder. Notice that the subfolders My Folders and Shared
Folders are displayed.

Chapter 15 - Page 5
4. Expand My Folders > My Sales to view the analyses in the folder.
a
) h as
Properties. c om ide
5. Right-click the Formatted Sales by Country analysis, and select View Analysis
r
6. The Analysis Properties dialog box is displayed. Notice that the o up location,
catalog t G u user
information, and access dates are displayed. a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
7. Click Close.

Chapter 15 - Page 6
Practice 15-2: Inserting Views into Smart View Clients
Overview
In this practice, you insert various Oracle BI views into Smart View.
Scenario
You use Smart View to explore views in existing analyses.
Inserting Table Views

1. In Excel, in the Smart View panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders >
BISAMPLE, expand the Smart View analysis to display the views it comprises.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
s
2. You can insert default(table
alm e n seSmart View client (PowerPoint, Word, or Excel).
a n e l ic 1 and select Insert to insert the view.
views in any
Under Smart View, l
right-click
Kh things:
Table
a n
3. Notice the following
f e rab
almGrouped a n s (such as brand names) is displayed in merged cells.
data
S Then t r
-Oracle BI EE tab is displayed in the Office ribbon. This tab contains buttons that
o
n enable you to interact with the Oracle BI EE content in Smart View.

Chapter 15 - Page 7
The Document Contents pane is displayed at the bottom of the Smart View panel. This
pane displays your open workbooks and any worksheets that contain Oracle BI EE
content.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
u tG
g r oDelete nView to remove the
a -
4. In the Document Contents pane, right-click Table 1 and select
d e
atim is Stu
view from your worksheet.
5. At the confirmation message, click Yes. f
a n@tableeviews
6. In Excel, you also have the option of inserting
h
th as Excel tables. In the Smart
us Table 1 again and select Insert as
k toright-click
View panel, under the Smart Viewnanalysis,
a
Excel Table.
s
7. Notice that the table is(automatically
se with Excels default table style and the
alm enformatted
a n e l ic
Kh rab
column headers display l
filter drop-downs.
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 15 - Page 8
8. Filter the report to view only data in the EMEA region:
a. In column B, click the down arrow to display the filter drop-down for C50 Region.
b. Deselect (Select All).
c. Select EMEA.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a
9. Click OK to displayn c
the filteredlidata.
Kh rab l e
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Inserting Pivot Table Views

1. In Excel, select Sheet 2, and then select cell A1 to place your pivot table view.

Chapter 15 - Page 9
2. In the Smart View panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > BISAMPLE >
Smart View, right-click Pivot Table 1, and select Insert.
s a
a
)h
m
coin anyuSmart

Note: This action inserts the default pivot table display, and is available
u p ide View
client.
o row G
-gr and
3. The pivot table is displayed in the worksheet. Notice thatacolumn
d n t
e after inserting
headers are
displayed as they are in Oracle BI EE, but you cannot i m
at is S
pivot the t u
headers the
view. f
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

4. In Excel, you can also display pivot table views as Excel pivot tables. Remove the default
pivot table view and insert the view as an Excel pivot table:
a. In the Document Contents pane, under Sheet 2, right-click Pivot Table 1 and select
Delete View.
b. At the confirmation message, click Yes.
c. In the Smart View panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > BISAMPLE
> Smart View, right-click Pivot Table 1, and select Insert as Excel Pivot.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
that in addition to the Smart View Panel, the @
f t an iExcel
5. The pivot table view is inserted into the worksheetaas
s
PivotTablehField
SList
pivot table object. Notice
panel is now displayed.
a n e twhen you want
You can insert pivot table views as Excel
k h pivot tables
u s to perform further
a n
analysis on the data, such as aggregating,
t o
pivoting, drilling, sorting, and filtering.
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Inserting Graph Views

1. In any Smart View client, you can insert graph views either as editable Microsoft Office
chart objects, or as refreshable images. In your Excel workbook, select a blank worksheet,
and then select cell A1.

Smart View, right-click Chart 1, and select Insert to insert the chart as a Microsoft Office
chart object.
3. The chart is inserted into the worksheet. Notice that you can click and select items in the a
chart object, such as the legend, titles, and chart bars.
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

4. You can edit the chart using Microsoft Office tools. Right-click the chart object, and select
Change Chart Type.
a
) has
c om ide
5. In the Change Chart Type dialog box, select the Bar category, o
r upthen tselect
and G uthe
Clustered Bar chart type.
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

6. Click OK to change the chart display type.
a
) has
7. Optional: You can further edit the charts appearance. Make the following changes:
Change the chart title to Brand Revenue by Region. c om ide
Customize the bar colors. r o up t Gu
Display the chart legend at the bottom of the chart. a-
g e n
tim Sand d
tu C50 Region).
Remove the horizontal and vertical axis titlesf a(1-Revenue
a n @ this
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
8. Insert the same graph view as a refreshable image underneath your chart object:
a. Select cell A20.
b. In the Smart View panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > BISAMPLE
> Smart View, right-click Chart 1, and select Insert as Image.

c. Notice that although you can resize the image, you cannot customize the display type
or chart style as you can with Microsoft Office chart objects.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
Note: Time line series, pareto, waterfall, gauge, and funnel graph
g r ouviewsntcanGonly be
inserted as images; all other graph types can be insertedaas - chart dobjects
e or images.
i m
at is S t u
Inserting Compound Views f
h a n@ einsert thall of the supported views at once
When an analysis contains a compound view, you cans
by inserting the compound view.
a nk to u
alm en
1. In Excel, select a blank worksheet,
s sethen select cell A1.
and
n
2. In the Smart View panel,( underl icBISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > BISAMPLE >
a
h ab
Smart View, right-click l e
Compound View 1, and select Insert All Views.
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no

3. A dialog box is displayed with insert options for multiple objects. Select All objects on one
sheet / slide.
Note: This option is displayed only in Excel and PowerPoint. In Word documents, objects
are placed adjacent to and below other objects on a page until the page is filled, and then
continue to fill as many pages as required to hold all the objects.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u t GThe default
4. The title, table, pivot table, and chart views are inserted into theoworksheet.
formatting comes from Oracle BI EE. - g r n
a d e
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

5. Views that are placed side-by-side in the compound view may require respacing in Smart
View. Select the pivot table view in cells M7:P12 and reposition the pivot table closer to the
table, in cells E6: H11.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. Notice that the title view is not displayed in the Document Contents pane. Title views, after
they are inserted, are simply text boxes, and are not linked to Oracle BI EE content. If you
change the title of a saved analysis in Oracle BI EE after you have inserted the title view
into a Smart View client, the title view in Smart View is not updated.

Inserting Dashboards
Dashboards are displayed in the Smart View panel as folders. You can expand a dashboard
folder to show dashboard pages, which are also displayed as folders.
1. In Excel, select a blank worksheet, and then select cell A1.
2. In the Smart View panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > My Dashboard,
right-click Products APAC Region, and select Insert All Views.
a
) has
c om ide
3. At the prompt, select All objects on one sheet / slide. r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

4. The views from the dashboard page are displayed in the Excel worksheet. Notice that one
table view, one pivot table view, and two title views were inserted.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
s lm saving,
5. Close the Excel workbookawithout
e n se but leave Excel open.
n ( l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t G16:
u
Practices for
a -g den
Lesson
Working
f atim with
S u Content in
tBI
a n @ View
Smart
e this
n kh Chapter
o us 16
a t
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 16: Working with BI Content in Smart View

Chapter 16 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you will learn how to work with Oracle BI EE views in Smart View Clients,
create and publish views from Smart View using the View Designer.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 16 - Page 2
Practice 16-1: Working with Oracle BI Views in Smart View Clients
Overview
In this practice, you work with analysis and view prompts, refresh views, set view preferences,
and mask data in views.
Working with Prompts

1. Open a new Excel workbook, and select a blank worksheet. Select cell A1.
2. In the Smart View panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > BISAMPLE,
expand the Smart View Prompts analysis node to display the views it comprises.
Note: This analysis contains an analysis-level column prompt for the product brand. The
Table 2 view also includes a table prompt for the year. You use different methods to set
analysis-level prompts versus view-level prompts.
3. Right-click Table 1, and select Insert.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
noPrompt Selector dialog box is displayed. Select values for the product brand:
4. The
a. In the selection row for Product Brand, click the Browse (ellipsis) button to display the
Value Selector dialog box.

Chapter 16 - Page 3
b. Select BizTech and FunPod (Ctrl + click to select multiple values), and then click the
Add (right arrow) button.
a
) has
c om ide
c. Click OK to close the Value Selector dialog box.
r o up t Gu
a g be used
-will e nfor the query.
d. Click Show Filters Summary to display the filter that
d
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
e. Notice that the filter summary shows that the product brands BizTech and FunPod will
be used for the query.
f. Click OK to apply the prompts and insert the table view.

Chapter 16 - Page 4
5. The table is displayed in Smart View, with the select column values.
6. Edit analysis prompt values to view different data.

a. On the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Edit Prompts.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u selections
b. The Prompt Selector dialog box is displayed. Change your
g r oprompt n t G to display
the FunPod and HomeView brands. -
a tude
t i m
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
c. o
n Click OK. The table is refreshed and reflects the new prompt selections.
7. Next, insert a view with page (view-level) prompts. Select cell A10.

Chapter 16 - Page 5
Smart View Prompts, right-click Table 2, and select Insert.
9. The Prompt Selector dialog box is displayed. The product brand prompt is an analysis-level
a
has
prompt, so it is displayed for every view in the analysis. Select BizTech, FunPod, and
HomeView, and then click OK.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 16 - Page 6
10. Notice that although the two tables have similar layouts, the data does not match. This is
because the Table 2 view includes a page prompt for Year, and Year is excluded from
Table 1. However, Smart View does not display the page prompt value in the client, and it
does not prompt you to set a value for page prompts when you first insert the view. In the
absence of a selection, the first prompt value on the list is used. The data being displayed
in Table 1 is an aggregate of all years, but the data being displayed in Table 2 is currently
2008 data.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 16 - Page 7
11. View the current analysis and page prompt values:
a. In the Document Contents pane, right-click Table 2 and select Properties.
s a
h a
)Selections
b. The View Properties dialog box is displayed. Click the Analysis Prompt
c m
o brands e are

tab to view your analysis prompt selections. Notice that all three product
up t Gu i d
listed.
r o
c. Click the Page Prompt Selections tab. Notice the message a -g stating
d e n No page prompts
defined.
f a tim Stu
d. Click Cancel to close the View Properties
a n e this
@dialog box.
12. Set the page prompt value:
n kh o us
a. Place your cursor in one ofathe cells for
l m e t the Table 2 view.
b. On the Oracle BI (EE saribbon, s
en Edit Page Prompts.
click
n l i c
K ha able
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
c. The Page Selector dialog box is displayed. In the drop-down list, select 2010, and then
click OK.
d. The Table 2 view is refreshed. Notice new data is displayed. Also notice that the page
prompt value is not displayed in the Smart View client.

Chapter 16 - Page 8
e. Add a title to the Table 2 view that says 2010 Brand Revenue by Region.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Be K
Tip: n
h using
cautiousra
l
b view with prompts whose values are not displayed directly in
a f e
the table orschart, because Smart View does not dynamically display your prompt
lm
a
S selections,
- t r an except in the View Properties dialog box.
n
noRefresh
Setting Preferences and Refreshing Views
1. In the Document Contents pane, click the Refresh Contents button (right arrow) to refresh
all the views displayed in the pane.
2. Set the refresh preferences for Table 2 so that it cannot be refreshed:

a. In the Document Contents pane, right-click Table 2, and select Properties.

Chapter 16 - Page 9
b. In the Refresh Options drop-down list, select Do not refresh.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
c. Click OK. This view is now excluded from refresh operations
g r ouuntil nyout G
change its
refresh options again. -
a tude
t i m
3. On the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Refresh.
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n feis set isto displayed
lmapreference
4. An information message stating that Table 2 was not refreshed because its
a n s
S n-tra
refresh No Refresh. Click OK to dismiss the message.
no
5. Select a Sheet2, and select cell A1.

6. In the Smart View Panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > BISAMPLE >
Smart View, right-click Table 1, and select Insert.
7. Make formatting changes to Table 1:
a. Add a color fill to the revenue data.
b. Change the number formatting to comma format, with no decimal places.

c. Bold the column headers.
8. In the Document Contents pane, under Sheet2, right-click Table 1, and select Refresh
a
has
View.
)
9. The data in Table 1 is refreshed. Notice that your custom formatting is preserved.
c om ide
10. Change the refresh preferences for Table 1 to replace the view on refresh:
r o up t Gu
a. In the Document Contents pane, under Sheet2, right-click Table 1, and select
Properties. a -g den
atim is Stu
b. In the Refresh Options drop-down list, select Replace View. Notice the message This
f
h a n@ e th
action will cause formatting applied within Office to be lost.
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Note: Do not select the Replace View option for views with analysis-level prompts.
When Smart View tries to replace the view upon refresh, it cannot define the prompt
values, and returns an error message.
c. Click OK to close the View Properties dialog box.
11. Refresh Table 1 in Sheet2 again.

12. Notice that your formatting changes have been replaced by the formatting stored in Oracle
BI EE.
13. Optional: You can refresh the entire workbook by using the Refresh button on the Smart
View ribbon. Depending on how many views are included in your workbook, this operations a
may take some time. On the Smart View ribbon, select Refresh > Refresh all
)h a
Worksheets. m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
14. Close Excel. You do
a n e icsave the workbook.
not needlto
K h ab l
l m
n
a Views
Masking Data in
s f er
Stoadisplay
1. Open
- t r anSmart
Microsoft Word. On the Office ribbon, click the Smart View tab and then click Panel
n o n the View panel.

2. In the Private Connections list, connect to the localhost Oracle BI EE server.
Note: Even if you have a connection open in another Smart View client, each Office
application requires its own connection.

3. Under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > BISAMPLE > SV History Overview, right-
click Compound View 1, and select Insert All Views.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

4. The pivot table, title, and chart are inserted into the Word document. Notice that the table is
inserted as a formattable Word table, the title is inserted as a text box, and the chart is
inserted as an editable Microsoft Office chart object.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

5. Reposition the objects on the page and format the title text box to look similar to the
following screenshot:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. You want to share this document with other users. To ensure that they can see only the
data to which they have been granted permissions, you must mask the views in the
document. You can mask individual views, or all views in a document. First, try masking

only the data for the pivot table. In the Smart View panel, in the Document Contents pane,
right-click Pivot Table 1 and select Mask.
7. The pivot table is masked; all data in the table is replaced by the words need refresh.
Notice that the chart is not masked.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

8. On the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Refresh to display the masked data.
9. Data is displayed in the pivot table again. Notice that you were not prompted to log in again,
because you are already connected to Oracle BI EE.
10. Now try masking the entire document. On the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Mask Data.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

11. Notice that data is masked for both views in the document.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
You can save the document with masked data and share it with other users. To view the
data, you must first refresh the document. If you are not already connected to Oracle BI EE,
you are prompted to connect when you refresh.
Copying and Pasting Views Between Office Applications

You can copy Oracle BI EE objects within and between Office applications as follows:
You can copy graphs within and between any Office application.
You can copy tables and pivot tables within and between Word and PowerPoint.
You cannot copy tables and pivot tables within Excel, from Excel to another Office
application, or from another Office application to Excel.

1. Copy the pivot table from the SV History Overview analysis from Word to PowerPoint.
a. If necessary, on the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Refresh to refresh the views in the
Word document.
b. In the Word document, select the pivot table view.
s a
c. On the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Copy.
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
a @ a blank
nselect thslide. On the Smart View ribbon,
d. Open a PowerPoint presentation and
h s e
click Paste.
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

e. The pivot table is inserted into the PowerPoint presentation. You can reposition the
table as needed.
Note: If you add custom formatting to the table in Word, the formatting is preserved
when you copy the table to PowerPoint.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f a tim Stu
2. Format the slide:
a n @ this
a. Resize and move the pivot tablekto
u seof the slide.
hthe center
a n Revenue
t o by Year.
b. Change the slide title to Brand
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

c. In the Office ribbon, click the Design tab, and select a PowerPoint theme for the
presentation. Notice how the theme affects the display of your table in the slide.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

3. Copy a chart from Word to Excel.
a. Return to the Word document and select the revenue chart in the document.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
b. On the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Copy.

c. Open an Excel workbook and select a blank worksheet. On the Smart View ribbon,
click Paste to paste the chart into the Excel worksheet.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Practice 16-2: Creating and Publishing Views Using the View Designer
Overview
In this practice, you create view in Smart View and then publish it to the BI catalog.
Scenario
Using the View Designer in Smart View, you can create a new ad hoc view based on an Oracle
BI EE subject area. These views can be published to the catalog and edited in BI Answers.
Note: The View Designer is available only in Microsoft Excel.
When you create a view, you must first define the view type, display style, and layout. Next, you
define the filter expressions for the view. Finally, you publish the view to the BI Catalog.
Creating a View Using the View Designer

1. In Excel, select a blank worksheet. In the Smart View panel, right-click the Catalog Root
node in the catalog tree, and then select Create New View.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
2. The View Designer is displayed. Notice the following:ma
-g den
atileft. is Stu
Oracle BI EE subject areas are listed onfthe
a
The View Type drop-down list enables
h n@youeto tselect
h a view type.
The Design Layout tab isn us the view layout.
k youtodefine
a where
s lmis where
The Define Filtersatab
e n seyou define filters for the view.
n ( l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

3. Create a pivot table view. In the View Type drop-down list, select Pivot Table.
4. The options in the Display Style drop-down list depend on the selected view type. The
display options available in the View Designer correlate to the display options available
when you insert existing views (for example, you can display pivot tables either as pivot
tables or Excel pivot tables, and you can display charts either as Office chart objects or a
has
images). In the Display Style drop-down list, select Pivot Table.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

5. You create the view by dragging columns from the subject area tree to the layout area.
Note: The layout area varies depending on the type of view you are creating. In the Subject
Area tree, expand A - Sample Sales > Products, and drag P4 Brand to the Row layout
area.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
a n fe
alm -trthe
6. SComplete n s
a layout as follows:
view
n T05 Per Name Year (located under A - Sample Sales > Time) to the Column
a. oDrag
n area.
b. Drag 1 - Revenue (located under A - Sample Sales > Facts > Base Facts) to the
Measures area.

c. Drag D4 Company (located under A - Sample Sales > Offices) to the Page area.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh to the l
b and columns:
7. Add grand
a n totals
f e rarows
a. lm
a In the Row
a n sarea, select Row Grand Total.
S n-t r
no

b. In the Column area, select Column Grand Total.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
k t2009 s 2010. In the Column area, right-click
uand
a
8. You want to limit the view to data nbetween o
s alm and
the tile for T05 Per Name Year,
e n se Add to Filter.
select
n ( l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
9. The Define Filters tab is displayed, with the T05 Per Name Year tile. Define a filter for the
column:
a. In the drop-down list next to T05 Per Name Year, select is in.
b. Click the Browse (ellipsis) button to open the Value Selector dialog box.
c. Select 2009 and 2010.
d. Click the Add (right arrow) button, and then click OK to close the Value Selector dialog
box.

e. Notice that the value selection is displayed in the Filter Summary.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
Note: You can drag columns from the subject area tree
i m a- directly
t u eto the Define Filters
dAND
tab. Additional columns are added to the Filter
f t
a is S
Summary as an condition; you can
change them to OR conditions if necessary.
h a n@ Note: e thAfter closing the View Designer,
us you can publish the view to Oracle BI
ninkExcel.toHowever,
10. Click OK to add the view to the Excel worksheet.
you cannot edit the view definitiona
lm nse
EE and edit it there.
s a
n (
11. The pivot table is displayed
a i ce Notice that the page selections for Company are not
inlExcel.
KhExcel
displayed in the
a b le You can edit the company by using the Edit Page
worksheet.
Prompts n
a button one
f r
the Oracle BI EE ribbon.
lm s
Sa n-tran
no
Publishing View Designer Views to the BI Catalog

1. On the Oracle BI EE ribbon, click Publish View.

2. The Save Analysis dialog box is displayed. Navigate to My Folders > My Sales.
3. In the Analysis Name text box, enter Brand Revenue by Year and Company, and then
click Save.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
4. At the success message, click OK. f atim is Stu
5. Edit the analysis in Oracle BI EE:
h a n@ e th
a. In the Smart View panel, selectn t o us connection and click the Go to
kthe BISAMPLE
selected server or URL
l a e the catalog.
mbuttonntosrefresh
a
(s lice
a n
h able
K
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
b. Under BISAMPLE > Catalog Root > My Folders > My Sales, right-click Brand
Revenue by Year and Company and select Edit Analysis in Answers.
c. If you do not already have an active Oracle BI EE session open in your browser, the
Sign In page is displayed. Sign in to Oracle BI EE.
d. The pivot table view is displayed in edit mode. Click the Criteria tab.
e. Change the filter for T05 Per Name Year to include 2008 data.

f. Save the analysis.
s a
)h a
6. View the edited pivot table in Smart View: m
co uide
p
ro>uMy Folders
a. In Excel, select a blank worksheet.
b. In the Smart View panel, under BISAMPLE > Catalog -Root g n t G > My Sales >
Brand Revenue by Year and Company, right-click
t i m a Table
Pivot t u d1,eand select Insert.
7. The pivot table view is displayed in Excel. Noticefa s
that thei2008S data has been added to the
view.
@
an se t h
k h u
a n t o
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u t G17:
a - d e
Oracle
f atimBusiness
S tu Intelligence
a n @ this
Mobile
k h Chapter
u se17
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 17: Oracle Business Intelligence Mobile

Chapter 17 - Page 1

a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 17 - Page 2
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
u t G18:
a - d e
atim Mobile
Creating
f S tu Applications
a with
n @ Oracle
e this Business
n kh Intelligence
o us Mobile App
a t
( s alm ense Designer
a n e l ic Chapter 18
K h ab l
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
Practices for Lesson 18: Creating Mobile Applications with Oracle Business Intelligence Mobile App Designer
Chapter 18 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you work with Oracle BI Mobile App Designer.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Chapter 18 - Page 2
Practice 18-1: Creating a Basic Mobile App
Goal
In this practice, you create a mobile app for tablet devices using the trial edition of Oracle BI
Mobile App Designer. To create a basic mobile app, you must start the Oracle BI Mobile App
Designer trial edition. You can explore the designer interface, modify the cover page, and add
pages and content to your app. When youre done, you can preview your app in a web browser
or on a PC or mobile device.
Scenario
Create a mobile app based on the information in BI Sales Excel. Explore Oracle BI Mobile App
Designer interface, modify the cover page, add pages to your app and preview the app.
Time
15-20 minutes
s a
Starting a New Mobile App in Oracle BI Mobile App Designer Trial Edition a
)andh open
1. Shut down Oracle BI services, start Oracle BI Mobile App Designer services,
c m
o ide the
trial edition of Oracle BI Mobile App Designer.
upwindow, u
a. On the desktop, double-click Stop OBIEE.bat. In the command g r o n t G enter the user
name weblogic and the password welcome1 when a -prompted.d e
Wait for the services
t i m t u
to stop completely before continuing to the next
@ fa step.is S
b. On the desktop, double-click Start Oracle
a n BI Mobile
e th App Designer to start services
for the trial edition of the Mobilek h us A WebLogic server window is
App Designer.
displayed. Wait until the servera n state isto
changed to RUNNING mode before continuing
to the next step.
s a lm nse
n
Note: Do not close
a
( l i cewindow.
this server
K
c. On the desktop,h double-click
a b le Open Oracle BI Mobile App Designer Start Page.
2. Log in and
l m er mobile app.
an startsafnew
Sa.a Click - t r an New to open the Oracle BI Mobile App Login page.
Create
b.no n in as demo with password welcome1. This is the default user for the Oracle BI
Log
Mobile App Designer trial edition.
Chapter 18 - Page 3
c. The Create App dialog box is displayed. Under Choose Target Device Type, select
Tablet.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
a
d. On the next page, select the data source.
h n@BI Mobile
e thApp can be created using three
n t o us
k is pre-configured
data sources: BI Subject Area (this subject area in the RPD), BI
Publisher Data Model, and a
lmicon.nse
Excel File. Because this is the trial version, select Sample
Data and click the s a
search
a n ( l i ce
K h able
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
Chapter 18 - Page 4
e. Select the BI Sales Excel data model, and click Open.
a
) h as
f. The selected data model is displayed in the Create App window. Clickm
Save.
c o d e
up t Gu i
r o
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Chapter 18 - Page 5
g. Name the app Sales App 1 and click Save. The Mobile App Designer is displayed.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
3. Explore the Oracle BI Mobile App Designer interface. p
r ou pane
a. Notice that the data source elements are listed in the navigation
g n t G
on the left side of
a -
the designer. You can drag columns from the data source d
to the e
workspace to build the
t i m t u
elements of your application.
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Chapter 18 - Page 6
b. Notice that the pages of the presentation are displayed in a sidebar, similar to
presentation programs such as PowerPoint or Keynote. By default, a new app contains
only a cover page.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
c. Notice the tools ribbon at the top of the designer. This
i m a-ribbon
t u de tabs that relate
displays
to your current selection. By default, the Insert
f t
a is S
and App tabs are displayed in the
ribbon.
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
d. o
n Try the following actions:
1) Click the default image in the center of the designer to display the image tab.
2) In the pages sidebar, click the Cover Page page tile to display the Page Layout
tab.
Chapter 18 - Page 7
Modifying the Cover Page
1. View the options to change the default cover on the cover page.
a. Double-click the image to open the Update Image dialog box.
b. Notice that you can specify a file from a local directory, a URL to an image file, or a
a
data field from your data source for the image.
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Click Cancel to close the Update Image dialog box.
Chapter 18 - Page 8
2. Update the title and subtitle.
a. Scroll to the bottom of the cover page to display the title text boxes. Double-click
Double Click to add title and enter Sample App.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Chapter 18 - Page 9
b. You do not need a subtitle for this cover page. Select the subtitle text box (with the text
"Double Click to add sub title").
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. On the Text tab, click Delete.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
K h ab
The subtitle text box l
is removed from the cover page.
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
d. Make the title larger. First, select the title text box. Then, on the Text tab, in the font
size drop-down list, select 32pt.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
e. The title font is displayed in 32pt size. Notice the other formatting options on the Text
tab. You can:
Change the font and font size
Add bold, italic, and underline formatting
Add borders to text boxes
Change text alignment (both vertical and horizontal)
Add date and time stamps
Add and remove hyperlinks
Adding Pages and Content to Your App

1. On the Insert tab, select New Page > 3 Cells.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
m app.nse
althe
2. A second page is added
n ( sto
l i ce
3. Add a chart to the a
hfirst cell.able
page.
K
l m an sfer
a. Select the
Sa n-tran
no
b. In the ribbon, click the Insert tab, and then click Chart.
Note: You can also drag the chart icon from the ribbon to a cell in the layout pane.
c. From the data source, drag PER_NAME_QTR to the label area of the chart and
REVENUE to the value area of the chart.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Drag the resize handle on the lower-right corner of the chart to resize it to fit the cell.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
e. On the ribbon, click the Chart
a k andtothenusselect Legend > No Legend.
ntab,
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
The legend is removed from the chart.
4. Insert another chart.
a. On the Insert tab, drag the Chart icon to the second cell in the layout grid.
a
b.
has
Drag REVENUE and ORGANIZATION to the value and label areas of the chart,
respectively. )
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
c. Drag ORGANIZATION from the Label area to the Series area to view the Organization
data as a series instead of individual bars.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
d. On the Chart tab, select Chart Types > Pie > Pie
-
toachange thedechart display type.
t i m t u
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
5. Add a table to the bottom cell on the page.
a. On the Insert tab, drag the Table icon to the third cell in the layout grid.
a
) has
c om ide
b. Drag the following columns from the data source to the table: PER_NAME_QTR,
PRODUCT, PRODUCT_TYPE, and REVENUE.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. Customize the table formatting:

a. Double-click the column header PER_NAME_QTR to edit the header. Replace Per
Name Qtr with Quarter.
b. Select the data in the REVENUE column to display the Column tab in the ribbon. On the
Column tab, in the Data Formatting drop-down list, select $1,234.57 (Currency).
a
) has
c om2 with
7. In the Pages list, double-click Page 2 to edit the page name. Replace Page
i d e
Analysis.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Notice that when you press Enter, the page header in the layout pane also changes to
Analysis.
8. Click the Save icon to save your app.
Previewing your App
1. Click Preview to open a web preview of your app. Note, you can preview in a new Window
too.
2. Notice that the preview opens to the cover page of a web-based simulation of your tablet
a
has
app. Click the page list icon to display the list of pages in the app.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
3. SIn then -t list, click Analysis.
page
n o
4. The Analysis page is displayed. Notice that the preview displays your two charts and the
table you created.
s a
a
)h
m
5. Investigate the interactive filter and sort capabilities of the app: up
co uide
g o that
rNotice n t Gentire page
a. In the pie chart, click the wedge for the Production Org. -
a tOrg. de the
i m
(the table, bar, and pie charts) is filtered by the Production
t u
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
b. In the bar chart, tap the bar for 2010 Q4 to filter the page further. Notice that your filter
selections are displayed at the top of the page. You can tap the X next to a filter to
remove it.
s a
)h a
c. In the table, click the header for the Revenue column to sort revenuec m
odata. iNotice
e that
p u d
g r oudatanist sorted
the up arrow in the column header is activated, indicating that G in
ascending order.
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. Click Edit Layout to return to the Mobile App Designer.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practice 18-2: Designing Apps with Tile Pages
Goal
In this practice, you create and format a Tile Page and add a sub page to it for further detail.
Scenario
You create a Tile Page which shows a line chart of revenue over time, repeated for each
product type. Spotlight formatting is enabled, which lets you instantly see which product types
fall outside a specific range, when compared to target revenue.
Time
10-15 minutes
Adding a Tile Page

1. In the designer for your Sales App1 app, click the Insert tab, and then select New Page >
a
has
Tile.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
2. The Tile dialog box is displayed. In the group drop-down list, select PRODUCT_TYPE, and
then click OK.
s a
a
) h you
3. The tile page is displayed. On the Tile tab, notice the Columns tool, which enables to
specify how many columns of tiles to display. The default is 3 columns.co m
u p u ide
- g ro nt G
i m a tude
t
fa is S
a n @ th
h s e
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
4. Click the Insert tab, and then drag the Frame icon to the layout cell on the tile page.
s a
a
) h click OK.
5. The Insert Frame dialog box is displayed. Specify 2 rows and 1 column, and then
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic columns to the layout grid cells.
Kh rab
6. Drag PRODUCT_TYPE andl REVENUE
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
7. Click the Insert tab, and then drag the Chart icon to the tile page layout cell, below the
layout frame.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
at itos the
8. Drag PER_NAME_MONTH to the chart label and REVENUE
f S chart value to define the
chart.
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
9. At the top of the page, double-click Page 3 to edit the page name. Enter Product Revenue
to replace Page 3.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
a- tthe
Notice that when you change the page title in the page header,
i m u e name in the page
dpage
tile is also updated. t S
fapage asisdescribed
10. Save the app, and preview the Product Revenue
a n @ t h in previous practice.
h us
k TiletoPage e
Applying Spotlight Formattingainnthe
1. Click Edit Layout to return
s a e n seApp Designer, then in the pages list, select the
ltomthe Mobile
Product Revenue n (
page. l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
2. Select the tile layout cell to display the Tile tab in the ribbon. On the Tile tab, click the
Stoplight icon.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
3. The Stoplight dialog box is displayed. Verify that Enabled
a -isgselected.
d e nUnder Select
Stoplight Comparison Type, select Growth %.
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
4. Under Select Measures and Set Threshold Values, make the following selections as
described in the screenshot below and click OK:
s a
)h a
m
coof theubars
5. With Stoplight formatting enabled, you want to change the color scheme
u p i dein the
chart to white, to provide a better contrast against the Stoplighto
g r background.
n t GIn the layout
cell, select the chart. -
a tude
t i m
@ fa is S
a n e th
h s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
6. Under the Data Source hierarchy, expand the Properties list. Then expand Chart Plot
Area. Then click the cell next to Series 1 Color.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n l c
idisplayed.
7. The Color Picker
K
dialog
h ab box
l eis Select the white color tile, and then click OK.
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no
Notice that the chart bars are changed from blue to white.
8. Finally, instead of bars, change the chart type to Line. On the Chart tab, select Chart
Types > Line > Vertical Line.
a
) has
c om ide
The bar chart is changed to a line chart.
r o up t Gu
9. Save the app and preview the Product Revenue page
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Notice that the Stoplight formatting, series color change, and chart type changes have been
applied.
Creating Subpages for Additional Detail
1. Click Edit Layout to return to the Mobile App Designer, then in the pages list, select the
Product Revenue page. Click the Insert tab, then select New Page > Subpage > 3 Cells.
s a
a
)h
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tu de
2. Notice that Page 4 is added as a subpage of Productt Revenue.
fa4. is S
enter edit mode, then enter Detail to replace Page
Double-click Page 4 to
a n @ th
h s e
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
3. From the Data Source list, drag the Product Type column to display the Product Type
name in the first cell of the layout grid.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
4. Next, add a chart. Click the Insert tab, then drag the m a
Chart
-gicon todtheenfirst layout cell,
under Product Type. Drag columns REVENUE (for f ti value)Sand
achart tu PRODUCT (for chart
label) to the chart area.
a n @ this
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
5. Save the app and preview the Product Revenue tile page.
a
6.
has
Click the Cell Phones tile to view the Detail subpage for Cell Phones.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Notice that the page is automatically filtered by the tile you clicked on the main page.
Starting BI Services Again

1. Close Firefox.
2. On the desktop, double-click Stop Oracle BI Mobile App Designer. This stops the
WebLogic server for the trial edition.
3. Close any open command windows.
4. On the desktop, double-click Start OBIEE.bat. A WebLogic server window is displayed. Do
not close the window.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
u
a -g den
Using m StBusiness
atiOracle u
f
@ this Delivers
Intelligence
a n
k h Chapter
u se19
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 19: Using Oracle Business Intelligence Delivers

Chapter 19 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you use Oracle BI Delivers to create and run an agent.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 19 - Page 2
Practice 19-1: Creating and Delivering an Agent
Goal
In this practice, you create an agent and deliver it to a dashboard.
Scenario
Create and test an agent that delivers an alert to a dashboard based on a condition.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
1. Create an agent that delivers an analysis to a dashboard based on a condition.
b. Click New > Agent in the Global Header to navigate to the Agent Editor. a
has
c. In the Agent Editor, start on the General tab to specify the priority of the agent and how
)
to send the delivery content.
c om ide
d. Set the following values:
r o up t Gu
Priority Normal
a -g den
Run As Recipient
f atim is Stu
2. Set the schedule.
h a n@ e th
a. Click the Schedule tab.
a n k to us
b. Verify that scheduling is
s a l menabled.
e n se
n (
c. Set frequency to Once.
l c
iand
d. Confirm that a
h ab
the start l e
date time are set to the current date and time.
K r
l m an all other
e. Leave
s f esettings as they are.
Sa n-tran
no
3. Set a condition.
a. Click the Condition tab. You create a new condition because the conditions you
created in an earlier practice, based on an analysis and on a KPI, were both inline
conditions and are not available in the Catalog.
b. Select the Use a Condition option and click Create to open the Create Condition
dialog box.
c. Select Analysis in the Create condition based on drop-down list and click Browse to
open the Select Analysis dialog box.

Chapter 19 - Page 3
d. In the Select Analysis dialog box, navigate to the My Sales folder and select the
Products - APAC Region 2009 analysis that will trigger the agent.
e. Click OK to close the Select Analysis dialog box.
f. In the Create Condition dialog box, select is less than in the True If Row Count
operator drop-down list and enter 100 as the row count.
s a
g. Click Test to test the condition.
)h a
h. m
Click OK in the Test message box with the message The condition evaluates to True.
co uide
i. Click OK to close the Create Condition dialog box. p
j. Verify your work: g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh Content
4. Click the Delivery
l
ab tab to identify the content that will be delivered by the agent.
a n f e r
a. lm
a a n s APAC Region 2009 as the Subject.
Enter Products
Sb. Select
n r
-t Analysis in the Content drop-down list.
o
c.n Click Browse to open the Choose Delivery Content dialog box.
d. Expand the My Sales folder.
e. Select the Products - APAC Region 2009 analysis.
f. Click OK.
g. Verify that (Device default) is selected in the Format drop-down list.
5. Click the Recipients tab to identify recipients of the agent.
a. Select your username, for example, weblogic.
b. Notice that you can add and delete recipients. For the purpose of this practice, leave
only your username in the Select Recipients list.
c. Notice the Publish Agent for subscription option, which allows other users to
subscribe to the agent. You can also add users as subscribers and use the
Unsubscribe button to remove them. Note that agents that are published for
subscription must be saved in a shared folder so that they can be accessed by other
subscribers. For the purpose of this practice, leave the Publish Agent for subscription
option deselected.

Chapter 19 - Page 4
6. Click the Destinations tab to select the destination for the agent.
a. Under User Destinations, select the Home Page and Dashboard option.
b. Deselect the Devices option.
7. Save the agent.
a. Click the Save button to save the agent. You do not add any actions to this agent.
b. In the Save Agent dialog box, save the agent as Products APAC Region 2009 in the
My Sales folder.
8. Test the agent.
a. Click the Run Agent Now button .
b. Verify that the Agent is running in the Running Agent dialog box:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atimreceive
c. When the agent has run successfully, you should
i s S atu
confirmation:
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
d.noClick OK.
9. Verify that the agent ran successfully and generated alerts in the expected locations.
a. Click the Alerts link in Global Header to open the Alerts dialog box.
b. Place your cursor over the Products APAC Region 2009 link and notice that you can
run, edit, or delete the alert using the available buttons.
c. Click the Products APAC Region 2009 alerts link to view the alert.
d. Notice that, as in the Alerts dialog box, you can edit or run the agent again using the
available buttons.
e. Click OK to close the alert.
f. Click OK to close the Alerts dialog box.
g. Navigate to the Home page. The alert should appear as a link in the Alerts section.

Chapter 19 - Page 5
h. Navigate to My Dashboard and verify that the alert appears on the Alerts section you
added earlier.
i. Notice that there are options to view or clear the agent, and the More button provides
additional options to edit or run the agent, subscribe to this feed, or view all alerts.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 19 - Page 6
a
) has
c om ide
Lesson
u
a -g den
atim is Stuthe
Administering
f
h a nPresentation
@ th
e
Catalog
nk Chapter
t o us 20
a
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
Practices for Lesson 20: Administering the Presentation Catalog

Chapter 20 - Page 1
Practices Overview
In these practices, you administer the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 20 - Page 2
Practice 20-1: Administering Presentation Catalog Objects and
Managing Permissions with Users and Roles
Goal
In this practice, you administer access to objects in the Presentation Catalog, modify system
privileges, and manage permissions for users and roles.
Scenario
You are the Oracle Business Intelligence administrator and must manage access and
permissions for analyses, dashboards, and other objects so that users see only the appropriate
information.
Time
15-20 minutes
Task s a
1. Sign in as a new user, Brian Berry, to authenticate the user. )h a
c m
o If Oracle
e
a. If necessary, start Oracle Business Intelligence Presentation Services.
Business Intelligence Presentation Services is already open,u p
click Sign u
Out
idand then
g r t G been added
o has nalready
sign back in as BBERRY with password BBERRY12. This
i m a- tude
user
to the Oracle BI security realm for this training environment.
f t userSis indicated at the far right of
acurrent
b. Verify that you are logged in as BBERRY. The
a n @ this
the Global Header.
k h u se
a n t o
2. Examine the roles assigned m
al to BBERRY.
ns e
( s
a. Click BBERRYnin the Global c e
li Header and select My Account.
h a l e
btab of the My Account dialog box, notice that the Starting Page is
a n Kset ftoeMy
b. On the Preferences
currently raDashboard. Explore some of the other settings available on the
a lm n s
Sc. Click
n - ra Roles and Catalog Groups tab.
Preferences
tthe tab.
no
d. Notice the system security roles assigned to BBERRY: BI Consumer Role and BI Author
Role. These roles are default roles provided with Oracle Business Intelligence. These
roles were assigned to this user as part of the training environment. A user assigned to
BI Author Role is implicitly assigned to BI Consumer Role.
e. Click Cancel.
f. Click Sign Out.
3. Examine the roles assigned to an administrative user.
a. Sign back in to Oracle BI using your username and password as provided by the
instructor.
b. Notice that an Administration link now appears in the Global Header. This is because
your user has been assigned the BI Administrator Role.
c. Select <username> > My Account to open the My Account dialog box.
d. Click the Roles and Catalog Groups tab.

Chapter 20 - Page 3
e. Examine the roles assigned to the administrative user:
The user is an administrative user. This user is a member of the BI Administrators

group, which is granted the BI Administrator Role, which in turn has the most
expansive object permissions and system privileges assigned to it. The recommended
methodology for assigning permissions is to use roles. The following three roles are
a
has
provided as system roles in a default installation of BI EE:
BI Administrator Role: Grants administrative permissions necessary to configure and
)
c om ide
manage the Oracle Business Intelligence installation. Any member of the BI
Role and BI Consumer Role. r o up t Gu

Administrators group is explicitly granted this role and implicitly granted the BI Author
a -g den
BI Author Role: Grants permissions necessary to create and edit content for others to
atim is Stu
consume. Any member of the BI Authors group is explicitly granted this role and
f
a n@ e th
implicitly granted the BI Consumer Role.
BI Consumer Role: Grants permissions necessary to consume content created by
h s
nk to u
others. Any member of the BI Consumers group is explicitly granted this role.
a
s a lm nse
f. Click Cancel to close the My Account dialog box.
4. n ( i ce
Explore the permissions for an analysis.
a l
K h able
a. Click the Catalog link in the Global Header to navigate to the Catalog page.
l m an sfer
b. In the Folders pane, select My Folders > My Sales.
Sa n-tran
c. In the object list, select the Product Sales analysis.
no
d. Notice that when you select an object in the catalog, the Tasks pane is populated with
options that you can click to use, modify, or link to the object. Depending on your
permissions, you can perform different tasks for a selected object. Some of these
include creating shortcuts to an object for reference in other parts of the catalog,
copying, renaming, archiving, and restoring. Explore the options available in the Tasks
pane, and note that these are also available by clicking the More link for an object on
the Catalog page or on the Home page.

Chapter 20 - Page 4
e. Click the Permissions task to set permissions on the analysis. After being created, a
catalog object inherits the permissions set on the folder it is saved in. Therefore, for
example, saving an analysis or dashboard in a shared folder would automatically make
it available to other users with the appropriate role in the organization.
f. In the Permissions dialog box, notice that the permissions are currently limited to
Authenticated User and BI Administrator Role.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 20 - Page 5
g. Click the Edit button next to Authenticated User to examine the custom settings
that are applied. The Custom Permissions dialog box appears, with the current custom
permissions selected.
s a
h. Click Cancel. )h a
m
o examine
i. Click the Permission drop-down list next to BI Administrator Role
u p cand u ideworking
the
different permissions you can assign to the object. Note that
g
because
ro ntwhich G is available
you are
with analysis permissions, you do not see the Traverse - permission,
decatalog.
thea
for Catalog folders, and allows users to traverseim folder tinuthe
t
fa is S
a n @ th
h s e
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
l
Kh rabUser. Observe Delete icon is enabled. Click it.
j. Select n Authenticated
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 20 - Page 6
5. Add the BI Consumer Role to the analysis with privileges to modify, but not delete or assign
privileges or ownership for, the analysis.
a. To begin, click the Add Users/Roles button . The Add Application Roles, Catalog
Groups and Users dialog box appears.
b. Application Roles should be selected by default in the List drop-down list. If not, select
Application Roles to list only roles.
c. In the Name field, enter BI Consumer and then click Search.

d. From the list, select BI Consumer Role and click the Effective Permissions button
to display the permissions for the available and selected members. The role should
appear in the Available Members list with No Access permissions. Effective
Permissions depend on what permissions are present on the containing folder.
e. Hover your cursor over the Custom permission to view a popup of the custom
a
has
permissions (Read and Execute).
f. )
Select Modify from the Set Permission to drop-down list. This setting pertains to any
c om ide
roles, users, or groups that you add to the Selected Members list.
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Chapter 20 - Page 7
g. Select BI Consumer Role and click the Move button to add it to the Selected
Members list. Your dialog box should look similar to the screenshot below. Notice that
in the Selected Members list, the BI Consumer Role still appears with No Access
privileges, despite your addition of the role with the Modify permission. This is because
until you close the dialog box and save the changes you made, the role appears with
its current permissions displayed.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
h. Click OK.
i. In the Permissions dialog box, notice that the BI Consumer role now appears with
Modify permissions. Recall, however, that you do not want to allow members with the
BI Consumer Role to delete the analysis, and this is included in the Modify
permissions.

Chapter 20 - Page 8
j. Select Custom from the drop-down list and, in the Custom Permissions dialog box,
deselect the Delete permission.
k. Click OK to close the Custom Permissions dialog box. s a

l. )h
Notice that Delete no longer appears as permission for BI Consumer Role.
a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
a @ th
ndialog
m. Click Cancel to close the Permissions
k h u e and revert the changes.
sbox
6. Create a shortcut to the Producta n analysis
Sales t o in Shared Folders so that the analysis is
available to any users with m
alappropriate e
nspermissions.
a. In the Folders n ( s
pane, select c e
li Shared Folders.
h a l e
a f e rab for the weblogic folder:
b. View theKpermissions
n
a lm rans
S n-t
no
c. Expand weblogic folder. This is the <username> folder you created in previous
practice.
d. Select My Folders > My Sales.
e. Select the Product Sales analysis. Notice that the analysis name appears at the top of
the Tasks pane to indicate the object on which any actions initiated in the Tasks pane
are to be taken.
f. In the Tasks pane, click Create Shortcut.
g. Verify in the list that the new shortcut has been created. The shortcut should be
automatically selected at the bottom of the object list. If not, select it.

Chapter 20 - Page 9
h. View the permissions for the shortcut:
i. Drag the new shortcut from the list to Shared Folders > weblogic.
j. Select Shared Folders > weblogic and confirm that Shortcut to Product Sales is
visible.
k. View the permissions for the shortcut in the weblogic folder. Notice that the
permissions are updated to match the folder to which you copied the shortcut:
s a
)h a
7. Explore another users access to the shortcut object. m
o ide
cusing
a. Sign out of Presentation Services and sign back in as Brian Berry p
u t GBBERRY u as the
username and BBERRY12 as the password. g r o n
a -the d e
b. Navigate to the Shared Folders > weblogic folder
a t i m Stu page.
on Catalog
c. Select Shortcut to Product Sales. The shortcut
@ f is visibleis because it is in a folder that
a n
is visible to any user with the BI Administrator e
or t
BIhConsumer role. However, notice
k h s
a nis to viewtothisuobjects
also that limited links and tasks are available for the shortcut. In the Tasks pane, notice
that the only available option
disabled. The samesis a m for the
ltrue n s e drop-down list.
More
properties. All other options are
a n ( l i ce
K h able
l m an sfer
Sa n-tran
no

d. Click the Open link to open the analysis. Notice that the analysis includes an Edit link
at the bottom to open the analysis in the Analysis Editor. Click the Edit link to open the
analysis in the Analysis Editor. Because Brian Berry has the BI Author Role, he has
privileges to access the Analysis Editor, which allows him to open any analysis for
which he has the appropriate permissions for editing.
e. Click the Edit link.

f. The Analysis Editor is displayed, and it appears that Brian Berry can modify the
analysis. In the Subject Areas pane, double-click Facts > Base Facts > 2 Billed
a
has
Quantity to add a measure to the analysis.
g. Click Save. )
c om ide
h. The message access denied for user to path /users/weblogic/My

r o up t Gu
Sales/Product Sales is displayed. Brian Berry cannot save any changes to the
analysis. Click OK.
a -g den
8.
atim is Stu
Modify permissions for the analysis so that Brian Berry can use the shortcut to edit the
f
analysis without being assigned the BI Administrator Role.
h a n@ e th
a. Sign out of Presentation Services and sign back in with your username and password.
s
a nk to u
b. Navigate to My Folders > My Sales and open the Permissions dialog box for the
( s alm ense
Product Sales analysis.
n l ic
c. Add the BI Consumer Role account with Full Control. Recall that BBERRY is a
a e
Kh rab l
member of BI Consumer Role.
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
d. Members of BI Consumer Role do not have permission to access objects in your users
(weblogic) My Folders. To provide access, click the Add Traverse Position Upstream
icon in the Permissions column next to BI Consumer Role. A check mark appears
on the icon to indicate the change .
e. Click OK to save your changes.
f. Sign out, and then sign back in with BBERRY as the username and BBERRY12 as the
password.

g. On the Home page, in the Recent list, click the Edit link under the Product Sales
analysis.
h. Add the 2 Billed Quantity measure (under Facts > Base Facts) to the analysis.
s a
)h a
m
co uide
i. Save the analysis. Notice that no error message is displayed. p
9. Change the privileges to deny the BI Author Role (and, with g r
it,
ou Berry)
Brian n t Gaccess to the
-
a Roletaway defrom Brian Berry.
Analysis Editor. Another approach is to take the BI Author
t i m u
S username and password.
a. Sign out of Presentation Services and sign back
@ fa in with i s your
If necessary, confirm that you do notawant n to savee h
t changes to the analysis.
b. Click the Administration link. k h
that s
u link is available only to users with the BI
a nRecall t o this
Administrator Role.
s lm under
apage, e n sethe Security section, click the Manage Privileges
c. On the Administration
n ( l ic
link. a l e
d. Review n Kthehprivileges
rab on the Manage Privileges page. By default, these privileges are
lm a
assignedn f e
s in some cases, explicitly denied) to roles, allowing for more streamlined
(and
a
S n-t r a
management of system privileges. Specifically, notice that the Access to Answers
noBI Author Role. determines which users can access the Analysis Editor, is assigned to
privilege, which

e. Click the BI Author Role link for the Access to Answers privilege.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g ddrop-down
f. In the Privilege dialog box, select Denied from the Permissions
e n list.
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
g. Click OK and verify that the privilege is denied.
h. Click the Back button on the right (not the browser back button) to save your changes.
i. Sign out.
j. Sign back in as BBERRY/BBERRY12.

k. On the Home page, notice that the Edit link is no longer displayed in the Recent list for
the Product Sales analysis.
l. On the Catalog page, open the Product Sales analysis by using the shortcut in
Shared Folders > <username>.
m. Click the Edit link at the bottom of the analysis. You should receive the following
message:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
n. Use the preceding steps to reverse your work f a timgrant SthetuAccess to Answers
and
privilege to BI Author Role.
a n @ this
k h u se
a n t o
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Practice 20-2: Working with Oracle BI Briefing Books
Goal
In this practice, you create, save, and view a Briefing Book.
Scenario
You create static snapshot and updatable Briefing Books and view them both as PDF files and
Web Archives.
Time
10-15 minutes
Task
Oracle BI Briefing Books store static or updatable snapshots of dashboard pages, individual
analyses, or BI Publisher reports. They can be downloaded and shared for offline printing and
a
has
viewing in PDF or Mime HTML (MHTML) format, added to a dashboard page as a list, and
updated, scheduled, and delivered by using agents.
)
1. Create and format a simple analysis and add it to a new page in your dashboard.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
-g den
b. Use the A Sample Sales subject area to create the following analysis:
a
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e toththe analysis.
c. In the Results tab, add a vertical bar
k Graph
nthe t o us
graph view
d. In the Compound Layout, drag a view to the right of the Table view.
e in the My Sales folder.
lm RepnsRevenue
e. Save the analysis as
( s aSales e
a n
f. Open My Dashboard l
inethe icDashboard editor.
Khdashboard l
g. Add n
a a new
f e rab page named Sales Rep Performance.
h. lm
a n s Rep Revenue analysis to the page.
Add the Sales
a
Si. Save
n r
-t and run the dashboard. The new dashboard page should look similar to the
o
n screenshot:

2. Create a new Briefing Book.
a. Click the Page Options button and then select Add To Briefing Book to open the
Save Briefing Book Content dialog box. This dialog box allows you to create a new
Briefing Book or add detail to an existing Briefing Book.
b. For Content Type, select Snapshot. The Snapshot option adds the content in its
current state and preserves the original data. The Updatable option allows you to
refresh the content whenever the Briefing Book is downloaded or when it is specified
as an agent.
c. Enter a description for the Briefing Book, such as This briefing book provides
revenue information for sales reps by year.
d. Click Browse to open Save As dialog box.
e. Save the Briefing Book as My Sales Rep Briefing Book in My Sales folder.
f. Click OK to save the Briefing Book for the entire dashboard page. The Save Briefing
Book Content dialog box should look similar to this:
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
g. Click OK. A confirmation dialog box appears.
h. Click OK.

3. Verify that the Briefing Book was created.
a. In the Catalog page, navigate to the My Sales folder and click the PDF link for the new
Briefing Book.
b. When prompted by your browser, save the Briefing Book on your desktop. You can
a
has
share the PDF, print it, and so forth.
)
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
n o
c. Close the PDF file, Adobe Reader, and the Downloads dialog box (if it is open).
4. Create an updatable Briefing Book from the Sales Rep Revenue analysis. Recall that the
analysis is on a dashboard that defaulted to report links specified for the entire dashboard.
In this set of steps, you update the analysis on the dashboard to include the Briefing Book
link, and then create a new Briefing Book that is updatable.
a. Navigate to the Sales Rep Performance page of My Dashboard and open it in the
Dashboard Editor.
b. Click the Properties icon for the Sales Rep Revenue analysis and select
Report Links.
c. In the Report Links dialog box, select the Customize option to override the dashboard
settings and enable selection of settings for this specific analysis.

d. Select the Add to Briefing Book check box and click OK.
e. Save and run the dashboard. Notice that the Add to Briefing Book link is now available
for this analysis.
f. Click the Add to Briefing Book link.

a
g.
has
In the Save Briefing Book Content dialog box, accept the defaults, which include
)
setting the Content Type as Updatable and the Follow Briefing Book Navigation Links
to No.
c om ide
h. o up t Gu
Enter Updatable revenue information for sales reps as a description for the
r
Briefing Book.
a -g den
i. Click Browse.
f a tim Stu
j. @ this
In the Save As dialog box, save the Briefing Book as My Sales Rep Updatable
a n
k h
Briefing Book in the My Sales folder.
u se
k. a n t o
Verify your work in the Save Briefing Book Content dialog box:
m
al ens e
n ( s l ic
a l e
n Kh rab
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
l. Click OK in the Save Briefing Book Content dialog box. You should get a confirmation
message Successfully added to the Briefing Book.

m. Click OK to close the confirmation message.
n. In the Catalog page, verify that the Briefing Book was created in the My Sales folder.
5. Update the analysis and the corresponding briefing book.

a. Edit the Sales Rep Revenue analysis by adding the C1 Customer Name column to the
s a
Table view.
)h a
m
co uide
p
g r ou nt G
i m a- tude
f at is S
h a n@ e th
s
a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
h ab
Kanalysis. l
b. Saventhe
a tosMy r
feDashboard.
c. lm
Navigaten
Sd.a Notice
n - trathat the C1 Customer Name column is now part of the analysis on the Sales
noRep Performance page.
e. Scroll down and click the Add to Briefing Book link for the Sales Rep Revenue
analysis to open the Save Briefing Book Content dialog box.
f. Click Browse, navigate to the My Briefing Books folder, and select the My Sales Rep
Updatable Briefing Book.
g. Click OK.
h. Click OK to close the Save Briefing Book Content dialog box.
i. Click OK to close the confirmation dialog box.
j. In the Catalog page, navigate to the My Sales folder.
k. Click the PDF link for the My Sales Rep Updatable Briefing Book and, when
prompted by your browser, save the file at your desktop.
l. Notice that the newest iteration of your analysis has been added to the PDF. The first
page of the PDF contains the Table of Contents, which now includes the newest
version of the analysis on page 3.

m. Scroll to the second page of the PDF. Notice that it contains the first version of the
analysis that was added to the updatable Briefing Book.
n. Scroll to the third page, where the new updated version has been added, and confirm
that the new column appears.
a
) has
c om ide
r o up t Gu
a -g den
f atim is Stu
h a n@ e th
s
o. Close the PDF. a nk to u
( s alm ense
a n e l ic
Kh rab l
n
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no

Practice 20-3: Working with Favorites
Goal
In this practice, you work with favorites.
Scenario
The Favorites functionality allows you to bookmark as favorites the catalog objects that you view
regularly or want to view again at another time. After you flag objects as favorites, you can
organize your favorites by creating categories and rearrange your favorites into the order that
you find most intuitive. You can access a list of the objects that you marked as favorites and any
categories that you created by clicking Favorites in the global header.
Time
15-20 minutes
Task
s a
1. Add objects to favorites.
) h a
a. You should still be signed in with your username and password. If not,
c m
o signiin.e
b. In the Catalog, navigate to the Product Sales EMEA Region
d
up2009t analysis.
u
c. Click the More link, and then click Add to Favorites. -g
r o n G
a d e
d. Click Favorites in the Global Header and confirm
f a timthat Product
S tu Sales EMEA Region
2009 has been added.
a n @ this
e. Repeat theses steps for the Formatted
k h Sales u seby Country analysis.
f. Locate APAC Region Sales a nwith Graph
t o on the Home page or in the Catalog and click
Edit to open the analysis m
al in the e
s Editor.
nAnalysis
n (
g. In the Global Header,
s l
placei c e
the cursor over Favorites and click Add to Favorites.
h. ConfirmK
a
h the object
that l e
b is added to your favorites list.
n r a
a lma ransfe
S n-t
no
2. Access favorite objects.

a. Return to the Home page.
b. In the Global Header, place the cursor over the Favorites menu to display the list of
objects you marked as favorites.
c. Select Product Sales EMEA Region 2009 from Favorites to open the analysis in the
Analysis Editor. Oracle BI EE displays the selected object based on your permissions.
For example, if you open an analysis to which you have write permission, then Oracle
BI EE opens the object in the Analysis Editor.
3. Organize favorites.
a. In the Global Header, place the cursor over the Favorites menu.
b. Click Manage Favorites to display the Manage Favorites dialog box.
c. Click the New Category button .

d. Name the category EMEA Region 2009 and click OK.
e. Expand Favorites in the left pane and confirm that the category is added.
f. Drag Product Sales EMEA Region 2009 to the EMEA Region 2009 category to add
the object to the category.
g. Repeat to add Formatted Sales by Country to the EMEA Region 2009 category.
h. Double-click EMEA Region 2009 in the left pane to open the category and display the
objects in the right pane.

i. Select Formatted Sales by Country in the right pane and use the up arrow to move it
above Product Sales EMEA Region 2009.
j. Note that there are icons to copy, paste, rename, delete, and sort favorites.
k. Click OK to close the Manage Favorites dialog box.
l. In the Global Header, place the cursor over the Favorites menu.
m. Expand the EMEA Region 2009 category and select Product Sales EMEA Region
2009 to open the object in the Analysis Editor.
n. Click OK if prompted about navigating away from this page. a
4. Remove objects from Favorites. ) has
a. Navigate to the Catalog page.
c om ide
r o up t Gu
b. Notice that the object icons for APAC Region Sales with Graph, Formatted Sales by
-g den
Country and Product Sales EMEA Region 2009 have been updated with a gold
a
atim is Stu
star, indicating they are favorites.
f
c. Click the More link for Product Sales EMEA Region 2009 and select Remove from
a n@ e th
Favorites. The gold star is removed from the object icon.
h s
nk to u
d. Repeat this step for the APAC Region Sales with Graph analysis.
a
( s alm ense
e. Click the Open link for Formatted Sales by Country.
n l ic
f. In the Global Header, place the cursor over Favorites and select Remove from
a e
Kh rab
Favorites. l
n
lma ransfe
g. Return to the Home page and confirm that the gold star is removed from Formatted
a
S n-tSales by Country.
h. In the Global Header, select Favorites > Manage Favorites.
no
i. In the right pane, select EMEA Region 2009. Note that removing the favorite objects
from this category did not delete the category.
j. Click the Remove from Favorites button to remove the category from Favorites.
k. Click OK to confirm that you want to delete EMEA Region 2009 and all of its contents.
l. Click OK to close the Manage Favorites dialog box.
m. In the global header, click Favorites and confirm that all objects have been removed.


BI

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

BI

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Unauthorized reproduction or distribution prohibited Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates

Learn more from Oracle University at oracle.com/education/

Restricted Rights Notice

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

Practice 2-1: Exploring Oracle BI Presentation Services ........................................................................... 2-3

Oracle BI 11g R1: Create Analyses and Dashboards Table of Contents

Practices for Lesson 13: Overview ........................................................................................................... 13-2

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Oracle BI 11g R1: Create Analyses and Dashboards Table of Contents

Copyright 2014 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 1

Continuously Refreshed Content

Request Topics that Interest You

Sample Content Available for Viewing

Copyright 2014 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 2

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 1: Course Introduction

There are no practices for Lesson 1.

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 1: Course Introduction

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

4. Search from the Global Header:

c. Notice the toolbar on the Catalog page.

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 2: Introduction to Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Creating a Basic Analysis

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Creating an Analysis with Hierarchy Columns

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

noSaved Analyses in the Presentation Catalog

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

the number 1 to the right of its column icon.

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Properties. The Column Properties dialog box appears.

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Practices for Lesson 3: Working with Oracle Business

Formatting the Table View

Copyright 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.